Home
        5.50.67 Supplemental Manual
         Contents
1.    In Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  you will need to create four event codes  two for the opening and  closing event codes  one for the restoral event code  and one for alate event code  Refer to the  following table for the parameters that must be specified for each of the four event codes     Event Code   Response Code Additional Information    Opening Must be 0  Operator Will assign a restoral to this event code  Always or 1  Attempt To   on Screen 43  Log     Closing Does not haveto beOor   Must be assigned alate event code  1    Restoral Does not haveto beOor   Restoral event codes are numbered  1 between 2001 and 2016    Late Must be O or Lif you Assigned to the closing event code  want an alarm to be  generated when the  restoral is not received        Zone Page Setup  1  In Screen 43  Zone  Event Code U pdate  you will assign two zones to the account  one for the    opening event code and one for the restoral event code  Recall that your restoral event code  must correspond to theline number of the zone that it is restoring     4 6 Account Data Entry MAS Central Station  5 50 67    2  In ther  fiad for the opening event code  you will specify Y to indicate that a restoral event is  needed     3  You will come back to this screen to assign the schedule that you will create on Screen 44     Schedule Setup    4  In Screen 44  Permanent Schedule M aintenance  you will create a schedule for the opening and  closing event codes  When creating the schedule  you must specify
2.    PHONE NUMBER   The phone number to be dialed to call the fax machine  modem    A fax phone number may be entered in one of the following ways    e  t may be entered in the PHONE 1 field for the fax passcard  as shown in Example 1     e It may be entered in PHONE 1 or PHONE 2 field for an individual   s passcard  as shown in  Example 2   Then  to indicate that the phone number is for a fax machine  modem  enter FAX  in the x Field for that phone number    LEVEL   All passcards must be assigned a level  You may wish to use a passcard level with no access    privileges and which indicates that this passcard belongs to a fax machine  as shown in the  example   Recall that passcard levels are defined on Screen 58  Passcard Level Update     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B The Fax Inteface Feature xxxvii    Screen 47 Dispatching Instructions    This screen may be used to include a fax machine on a call list for a subscriber account  Recall  that a call list is a list of contacts  agencies  or installers who may be contacted when azoneis  tripped  The call list may be displayed to CS dispatchers on the Alarm Dispatch screen and used  to dial the telephone numbers shown on the call list     MAS Primary Dispatch Information    DC Sar HERR BIG D S SANDWICHES  4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD     2 Page Dispatch Text  3 PERMANENT  FIRE ALARM   DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS  Thru  CALL FD   CALL SITE   IF NO ANSWER  NOTIFY CONTACTS      CALL FD P AFAX    Permit     E dit   PR mit  Z ones  D ispat
3.    Performs the Renumber       Fields  iy    Enter the code identifying the agency type  Valid entries are P  Police   F  Fire   M  Medical   and  T  Patrol      CODE  Enter the code identifying the agency for whom the old permit applies  The agency code that you    enter will also be entered in the NEW AGENCY CODE field     PERMIT      Enter the number of the permit that you want to change     1st ACCT  LAST ACCT    Enter the range of accounts that will be assigned the new permit number     7 34 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    NEW PERMIT      Enter the new permit number to be assigned to the permits  When you enter GO at the command  line  the permits assigned to the selected accounts will be renumbered    Screen 397 Datalink From Flat File   This new program enables you to use Datalink to upload account data from a flat file  The    information in the flat file will go through a redundancy program where it will update the  database     Datalink From Flat File EE    Input Filename DATA TXT   Error Filename DATA ERR   Append to Existing Error File  Y N   Abort Processing on First Error  Y N   Starting Sequence    Skip Previously Processed Records  Y N        N ext  V iew Error File  or  GO  to Begin       Fields  INPUT FILENAME    Enter the name of the file containing the data that you want to upload to your database     ERROR FILENAME    Enter the name of the error file that will detail any errors that occur during the data transfer     APPEND EXISTING 
4.    RAMONA  Sequence 1  Type  S M  s  PNG HOCKEY  Name MARK SAKO  Long Name  Relation  Phone 1 619 555 7171 x220  Note 1 WORK  Phone 2 Xx  Note 2  Level  1 40   Expires  User  Call bist s    CA 92065    OWNER    1 ALL FUNCTIONS       S ave  N ext  M ore  P revious     MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Disp     SAKO  MARK AND BRENDA M M  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD    619 555 7171  619 555 2127  619 555 9837        DEI        G en     Inst 10  ABC ALARM SECURITY  Expire User    L ong    CW indow    CS 046L    Installer 10  ABC ALARM SECURITY    SH ort  O verg    or      System Setup 3 13    DISPLAY PIC  Y N     When working with passcards  you now have the option to display the word    passcard    or    PIC      which means Personal Identification Code  to describe the passcard field or screen which you are  currently using  If you enter Y  then    PIC    will replace the word    passcard    throughout the  entire system  For example  Screen 46  Passcard U pdate  would be renamed to PIC U pdate  This  option will affect all field names  screen names  prompts  and reports that pertain to passcards     ALLOW OPERATOR MESSAGING  Y  N     This option allows to you to use the Send An Operator Message window to send a message to an  operator  The message will display on all of the Dispatching Screens  Screen 2 8  as well as the  Account Data Entry Screens  Screen 42 49   You may access the message window in one of two  ways  by accessing an account that is being reviewed by another operato
5.    You may include specific text  such as    Alarm Notification     as well as codes to represent variable  information  such as a subscriber teleohone number  To include variable information  use the  codes shown in Table 2     Each piece of information represented by a code occupies a specific amount of space on a line   For example  a premise phone number takes up to 12 characters or spaces on a line  If you  position a variable piece of information on a line and the line does not contain enough space to  accommodate it  the variable information may be truncated when the message is sent     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature v    On each line  enter the text and codes in the order and format you want them to appear on the  page message  When formatting a paging message  you may use any of the following characters  to separate the information on each line  If you put one of these symbols on the first line  then all  of the lines of the page will be joined together into a single line    Consider the following sample    Alarm Notification    Acct  DU   Name   3     KOR    30      31    This format will generate a page that resembles the following     Alarm Notification A cct  11 1234 N ame  SM ITH    JO H N 1234 M AIN ST 11 20 97 11 34 20 2  BURG    For a complete list of codes that can be entered for a page message  refer to Table 2 on the  following page     vi Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Table 2  Page Mes
6.   5  6       i    Permit        E dit   PR mit  Z ones  D ispatch  G eneral  L ine Chg  CW indow   DIE  C opy  N ext  M ore  P revious  S ave  O ver     or DEL ete L       When you have finished specifying the new line numbers  enter C in the Line Chg window to  execute the change  The result of the line change can be seen in the following screen sample     Primary Dispatch Information    SE SAKO  MARK AND BRENDA M M  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD    GENERAL Dispatch   Date  GENERAL DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS  HOUSE IS LOCATED  7 MILE DOWN MUSSEY  GRADE ROAD  DRIVEWAY IS DIRT ROAD  LOCATED JUST BEFORE A BIG WHITE  SLUCCO  FENCE ON THE RIGHT     Notice how OWNERS HAVE DOGS AND CATS  lines 10 and 11 E  have switched EE  p Di   places     Permit        E dit   PR mit  Z ones  D ispatch  G eneral  L ine Chg  CW indow   DTE  C opy  N text  M ore  P revious  S ave  O ver     or DEL ete       Once the display has been updated  be sure to enter S to save the new page  If you do not save  the updated display  the line numbers will be restored to their original order when you exit the  screen     4 4 Account Data Entry MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Entering Comments    You may use the Comment Entry window to enter comments about a selected subscriber account   Comments entered in the Comment Entry window will be logged to the subscriber   s Event  History  The CW   indow command has been added to the following screens     e Al Master File Maintenance Screens  Menu 40   e Screen7 Event History  
7.   5 50 67    Fields  Cd    The account number of the subscriber or installer for which you want to set up fax  machine  modem information  If you wish to be able to send faxes to your field technicians  use  the EM PLIST account     PASSCODE    If there is only one fax number for an account  installer  or employee list  use FAX as the passcode  for the fax machine  modem  If there is more than one fax number for an account  the passcode  for each fax number must use FAX immediately followed by a two digit number  e g  FAX10    If you are going to use the batch faxing option  you may use the above method to specify a  passcode  or you may create a passcode which corresponds to the program that will send a report  to theinstaller  This feature is useful if you have departments that should receive specific reports   and each department has a different fax machine  modem  By setting up a passcode with the  program number for each department s fax machine  modem  you will ensure that the  appropriate department receives the correct report  To set up a batch faxing passcode  enter FAX  followed by the three digit number of the program which will send the report  For example  you  may specify a passcode of FA X024 for the fax machine  modem assigned to the department that  should receive the Supervised Account M ail Out Report     Note    For moreinformation about batch faxing as well as alist of reports which may be used with the  batch faxing option  see page x  of Appendix B     
8.   A new command  E xtend  has been added to the Place On Runaway Window which allows you  to extend the amount of time an account is on runaway  You may only extend the runaway status  if the account has already been placed on runaway     To extend the on runaway for an account that is already on runaway  log event code 4220  On  Runaway  on Screen 2 or usethe OR command on Screen 502  The Place On Runaway Window  will be displayed     PLACE ON RUNAWAY    oe NOUNDTE  ZONE    Account ALREADY on Runaway     E eege O ult Or aay sxeieve vor       The message A ccount ALREADY on runaway is displayed  Enter E to extend the on runaway  expiration date or time  The zones placed on runaway and anew default runaway expiration  date and time will be displayed  The cursor will be positioned at the UNTIL field where you may  enter anew expiration date and time    After the time is entered  the new expiration date and time will be logged and the runaway status  will be extended    Simultaneous On Test  amp  On Runaway   A new field has been added which allows an account to be both on test and on runaway  If you  wish to use this option  set the ALLOW SIMULTANEOUS ON TEST  RUNAWAY field on Screen 101   Processing Options  to Y     Creating Follow ups for Out of Service Accounts    Follow up events may now be created for accounts which have been placed out of service     Account Lock Between Screen 2 and 502    Whenever an account is in use on Screen 502 and another user attempts to access t
9.   By specifying an O in the REPORTING  CODE TOTAL  Y  N  O  field  the report will only the totals and not the account detail     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 9    Fields 10 and 11 now work in the following manner     If you are printing the report for the CS account or Installer  these fields are displayed as  START DATE START and START DATE END and are used to specify the range of start dates for the  accounts that should be included on the report     If you are printing the report for deleted accounts  these fields are displayed as TERM DATE  START and TERM DATE END and are used to specify the range of termination dates for the  accounts that should be included on the report     The O   N TEST  N   OT ON TEST  B   OTH field has been added  You may enter O if you want to include  only event activity that was received while the account on test  You may enter N to include only  event activity that was received while the account was not on test  You may enter B to include  event activity regardless of test status     The L   OCAL  F   OREIGN  B   OTH field has been added so that you can print event activity for account  based on where the event activity was originally logged  You will enter L to print only event  activity that was originally logged on your current  or local  system  You will enter F to print  only event activity that was originally logged on the    foreign    system   This might be the system  that is acting as an emergency backup for your local sy
10.   Enable  Disable Receivers  8 4  Screen 954  Receiver Definition Update  8   4  Screen 954M  MAS Concentrator Port  Setup  8 4  Screen 958  CS Master Receiver Type  Definition  8 7  Screen 981  Stop Receivers  8 7  Screen 990  2 Way Voice Xref Table  8 7  Redundancy Error Log  6 27  Redundancy Status Screen  7 27  Repair Event File  See Event File Repair   Enhanced Version   Repair Expected Event File  See Expected  Event File Repair  Repair Indexes  See Miscellaneous Index  Repairs  Repair Zone Comment File  7 27  Report A ccount Without Expected Events  New Fields  6 14  Report Menu  6 6  Reporting  6 1  Alternate Reporting Codes for Events  6 1  And  Or Logic  6 1  Printing Only Totals  6 1  Screen 140  Updated CS Account  Database Printout  6 6  Screen 181  Account Usage Printout  6 6  Screen 200  Report Menu  6 6  Screen 201  Short Print by Install Date  6 7  Screen 202  Short Printout by Misc Sort  6   7  Screen 205  Combined Activity Report  6 8  Screen 21  CS Account Database Printing   6 2  Screen 210  Summary A ctivity Report  6 8  Screen 222  Detailed Account Activity  Printout  6 9  Screen 224  Unknown Account Activity  6   11  Screen 24  Supervised Account Mail Out  Report  6 2  Screen 241  History Archive Printout  6 13  Screen 25  CS Short Printout  6 5    Screen 251  File Update Log Printout  6 13  Screen 26  Late Event Report  6 5  Screen 261  CS Non A ctivity Report  6 14  Screen 262  Report Account Without  Expected Events  6 14  Screen 265  Alarm Occurren
11.   Sub Cross Reference  5 27  Screen 214  Selective Alarm Status  Monitor  5 29  Screen 230  Multi Location Alarm  Monitor  5 29  Screen 3  Zone Event Code View  5 20  Screen 4  Permanent Schedule  Maintenance  5 21  Screen 5  Timed Event Entry  5 21  Screen 7  Event History Display  5 22    Test Functions Window  5 2  Test List Window  5 4   Display Options for Alarm Buffer Screens  5   8    Disposition by Account Report  6 25  New Fields  6 25    Enable  Disable Receivers  8 4  Error Log View  Print  6 27  Event Code Printout  6 6  New Fields  6 6  Event Code Update  3 2  Entering Comments for Event Codes  3 3  New Fields  3 2  Setting Up Multiple Follow up Events  3 4  Setting Up Schedule On Test Feature  3 3  Setting up Sub Account Comments  3 3  Event Comments  3 3  Event File Repair  Enhanced Version   7 27  Event History Display  5 22  Logging Events for Invalid Passcards  5 23  Logging Events for Tests  5 24  Logging Events for X Site Redundancy  5   24  Logging Expiration Date and Comment  for Follow up Events  5 23  Logging Minutes and Priority for Partially  Cleared Alarms  5 22  Logging Schedule Numbers  5 23  Viewing Event History Comments  5 23  Event History for UNKNOWN Account  See  Unknown Account Activity  Event History View  7 8  Events Logged to History for SYSADMIN  Account  7 1  Excessive Number of Signals Warning  3 11   5 9  Expected Event File Repair  7 26  Extended Zone Comments  4 14     F     Fallback Location Processing  5 12  Processing Events  5 
12.   odify command in Screen 224 to go to the A ccount Location Definition Screen   This screen is used to assign the range of accounts to the locations that will be included on the  report  Only those accounts that are assigned to locations using this screen will be compared  against the account numbers recorded in the Event Histories for all of the UNKNOWN accounts  included on the report     Account Location Definition CS 0224B  1 Location 4 BREA  From To From  2 A1000 3 A10000 38  4 B1000 5 B10000 40  6 C1000 7    10000 42  9 44  10 KE 46  L3 48  ILS  50  LA 52  IO  54  eae 56  23 58  25 60  Sei 62  29 64  Sui 66  33 68  25 70  Si  TS    d Next   Gave  Olten  Copy  Print  Return       6 12 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    From this screen you may     e Assign ranges of accounts to a specific location    e Save the account range assignments for a specified location for future printouts of this report   e Clear the account range assignments from a specified location    e Copy account range assignments from another location    e Printa listing of the account range assignments for the displayed location     e Return to Screen 224  Unknown Account Activity Report     Screen 241 History Archive Printout    This report can be generated after you have used Screen 133A RC to archive your event history to  optical disk  This is an option that must be set up by MAS  The report allows you specify a  range of dates and accounts that will determine what information is included on
13.   passcode    Installer Pager   Requests that a page message be sent to a specific pager from the installer   s  passcard list  Screen 46     Example  IPAG5 selects the pager with the passcode PAG5 from the installer   s  passcard list     Pager    Searches the account passcard list  installer passcard list  and employee passcard  list  in that order  and selects the first pager        xiv Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Sending a Page Message    From Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  a user may request that a page message be sent  You may also  send a page from Screen 502  Service Guard Dispatch     When a user makes a request to send a page  the user may be prompted to select the message to  be sent  on the Alphanumeric Pager M essages Window  and  or to select the pager to which the  message will be sent  on the Page Passcard Selection Window      When you make a request to send a page  the event code used to make the request is logged to  the selected subscriber   s event history and the destination account   s event history  if different      Fifteen minutes after you request a page  the CS system will check the status of the page and  record its status to the destination account   s event history  If the page was sent successfully   event code 3993  Page Successful   will be logged to the destination account   s event history  If  the page was not sent successfully  event code 3994  Page Unsuccessful   will be logged to the  destination accou
14.   topic is discussed     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Introduction 1 1    Introduction 1 2 MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 2   Global Features    MASterMind Interface   MAS new billing and service application now interfaces with the Central Station 5 50 product   MASterMind  aclient  server application that runs on several platforms  allows for an alternative  method to input account data for your customers and sites as well as specify alarm monitoring  information  such as zones  dispatch pages  contacts  call lists  and schedules  The information  entered in MA SterMind will automatically interface with the Central Station 5 50 product  where  all of the alarm dispatching and signal processing will occur     MASterM ind also enables you to create contracts and set up recurring billing  manage your  Accounts Receivable and process collections  and create records for service and installation jobs     Main Menu Security    Only users with a security access level of 0  zero  will be able to access the operating system from  the Main Menu  When you access the operating system  the b32 prompt     displays     For information on setting up system security and user access  refer to pages 9 56 through 9 61 in  the Central Station Instruction M anual    Unlimited Zone Comments   The maximum number of zone comments that can be stored by the system has been increased  from 3 4 million to over 50 million    Increased Users    More than 510 users may be on the system now     MAS 
15.  100 300 00 01 00  301 500 00 01 30  501 1000 00 01 45   00 00 00  00 00 00  00 00 00  00 00 00  00 00 00    For events of a specific priority or  within a range of priorities  define  the maximum amount of time an  event may remain in the Alarm  Queue  without being re routed to  the Fallback Location     COMIDAUYBWNHE    it    If the event is not accessed by an  operator and the maximum time A  is exceeded  the alarm will be re   routed to the Fallback Location       Stave  Or N ext       5 12 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    H H User Location Profile Update cs 064  Screen 64  U ser Location Profile User AAAND 2 Name ROBERT ANDERSON 7 Autofeed Y N T  Y 8 Acct Rel Warn  N    U pdate Dispatch Loc 1 LOS ANGELES 9 Fallback Loc 10 FALLBACK LOCATION  New Acct Def Loc 1 LOS ANGELES 10 Remote Dual Access User  N  Operator Type D DISPATCH 11 Company ID   g o Dispatch Que ALL PRIORITIES T2 Sec    rity ID   Assign the appropriate fallback Database Locations Allowed    AR SARO EL LS La  location to each user  x    ST Pres ask 28 29 20 SE    41 42 43 48 49 50 51    6150263  69  Se  TOTII    8182283 eh Ett ITLL    A llow         isallow       N ext  S ave     een i j CS Location File Update   Page 1 cs 061  On Scr 61  CS Location File c Description Area Cd Regular Alternate Fallback MM Edit   U pdate LOS ANGELES 310 IS 5 Th ei    SAN FRANCISCO    Create a fallback location     MIDHHRWNEO    Assign the fallback location to the  appropriate regular locations     FALLBACK LOCATIO
16.  1000 9999 29   JE Sul   i 33    Ze 35    17 Si   19 39    2al 41   29 43   25 45   ZS 47       R eturn or GO       Fields 1 3 allow you to determine whether you want to download records for agencies  installers   locations    The OTHER FILES field allows you to determine whether you want to download records event  codes  holidays  UL codes  residential types and titles  OOS categories  permit types and passcard  leves     The ACCOUNT HISTORY field allows to determine whether you want to download account history  files and you may specify the date range that will determine the history that is downloaded     The ACCOUNT DATA field allows you to determine whether you want to download specific  information for the accounts  such as general information  from Screen 42   mail to addresses   account common overflow  schedules  dispatch pages  zones  permits  and passcards  If you  enter Y  then the data for the accounts assigned to the range s  of installers specified in fields 9  through 47 will be downloaded to the webserver     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 33    Screen 375 Permit Agency Renumber    This screen is used to renumber for one or more accounts  This feature is useful if you have to  assign new permit numbers to a large number of accounts who are assigned to a specific agency     09 18 00 Permit Agency Renumber    New  Agency Agency New  Ty Code Permit   sic  NCCI Last Acct Code Permit      619 1234 11 2000 11 3000 619 8578       N ext or  GO   
17.  4 16  Screen 46S  Account Passcard  Maintenance  4 19  Screen 47  Primary Dispatch Instructions   4 20  Screen 48  Overflow Maintenance  4 22  Screen 49  Permit Update  4 23  Setting Up Scheduled Alarms  4 6  Account Data Security  45  Account Deletion Request  7 3  Marking Accounts for Deletion  7 3  Re activating Accounts Marked for  Deletion  7 5  Account Master File and Activity Deletion   7 6    Account Names  Creating Titles  See Residential Account  Titles  Account Passcard Maintenance  4 19  Account Release Warning  5 8  Account Rename  7 13  Account Update  4 10  Assigning Common Overflow to  Accounts  4 11  Defaulting OOS Category for N ew  Accounts  4 12  Entering ALT IDs for MASlink  4 11  Formatting Account Name Data Entry  4   10  Formatting and Validating Phone  Numbers  4 10  Formatting the Address Key  4 12  New Commands  4 13  Placing Accounts Out of Service  4 12  Requesting CRF Letters  4 13  Setting Up After Hours Timer Tests  4 12  Account Usage Printout  6 6  Additional Passcard Information  5 7  After Hours Timer Test  4 12  After Hours Timer Tests  5 6  Agency Update  3 4  Phone N umber Formatting  3 4  Alarm Buffer Screens  Screen 14  Alarm Status Monitor  5 26  Screen 214  Selective Alarm Status  Monitor  5 29  Screen 230  Multi Location Monitor  5 29  Alarm Dispatch  5 15  Extending the Length of Runaway  5 18  Locking Accounts Between Screen 2 and  502  5 18  Moving to the Service Dispatch Screen  5   19  New Commands  5 15  5 16  N ew Features  
18.  54  Installer U pdate   Then  on Screen 46  set up the information for the installer   s  pager  When an installer is assigned to an account  all pagers set up for the installer will also  be valid for that account     e To be able to send messages to your field technicians  select the EM PLIST account on Screen  46  then  set up the information for each technician   s pager  If you set up pagers for the  EM PLIST account  these pagers will be valid for selection every time you create a page  request  regardless of the account for which you are generating the page     The pagers you define for subscribers and installers may beincluded when you define subscriber  call lists on Screen 47  Primary Dispatch Information     x Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen Ap Passcard Update    Example 1 a  cs  100  S   BIG ALARM INSTALLATION CO   123 CORPORATE PARK DR   IRVINE CAME Sala aA  Sequence 100  Type  S M  S  Passcode PAG4  Name ALPHA PAGER  Long Name MIKE MURRAY  Relation  Phone 1 918004353582 x PAGE  Note 1 3428  Phone 2  Note 2  Level  1 40  15 ALPHA PAGER  Expires  User  Call Lists     S ave  N ext  M ore  P revious   Example 2 GC    EE HE  S   BIG D S SANDWICHES  4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD   ADDR 2  CYPRESS  Sequence 600  Type  S M  S  Passcode BALONEY  Name ALPHA PAGER  Long Name DELORES OLSEN  Relation  Phone 1  Note 1  Phone 2 714 555 2000 x PAGE  Note 2 1234  Level  1 40  1 ALL PRIVILEDGES  Expires  User  Call Lists    CA  rz    714 555 10
19.  Account    4 9  Logging Data Changes to Subscriber History  4 9  Passcard Retained as You Move Between SCreenss ENNEN 4 9  Screen 41 SiteSub Account Maintenance  4 9  Screen 42 Account lee EC 4 10  Screen 43 Zone  Event Code Update    4 14  Screen 44 Permanent Schedule Maintenance  AEN 4 15  Screen 44A Holiday List lee CN 4 15  Screen 45 Mail to Address Update    4 15  Screen 46 Passcard Tele EEN 4 16  Passcard  Lookup WINAGOW ere Ee GSA oe i  EE ak oe ea Ee 4 18  Screen 46S Account Passcard Maintenance  4 19  Screen 47 Primary Dispatch Instructionms ENEE 4 20  Screen 48 Overflow Maintenance  AEN 4 22  Screen 49  Permit Update niisiis aire ia a eed rede a 4 23  Screen 242       ee ef e e KEE 4 23    Chapter 5   Dispatching    Operator  Action WiNdOW EEN dee a 51  Scheduling Zones to be ON EEN 51  Multiple Tests for a Single Account    5 4  TEESE TSE WIN e EE 5 4  Clear Test Wind UE 5 5  After FOurs Timer Kesini Enna EE 5 6  Scheduled Alarm ProceSSinG       csscscscsseceseeeeesececeseseseseseseseseeseeececeeeeeeeeasasasseseaenenenenatatataeeneneeeeeeeteees 5 6  Additional Passcard Intforrmetion  ENEE 5 7  Account Release Warning iiini siinii tiiti iaa eridi a a eiaeiiai ar ii Tiia 5 8  New Display Options for Alarm Buffer Gcreenmg AEN 58  Excessive Number of Giopals EEN 5 9  Passcard Information Retained as YOU Move Between GcCreems EE 59  Fax Server Status Checked A Utomati Cally    EEN 5 9  Generating  Service TICK E 5 9  Delayed Alarm Opt ON veer Heese toes at deen ce ceed
20.  Dispatch     Send An Operator Message  1 CRT  321 DIANA ALATORE Phone 7800  2 MSG THE CUSTOMER IS ON THE PHONE    PLEASE RELEASE ACCT   3    A  IN USE  B  CALL ME Cs  IDS E   ae AVN ere Oar       CRT   Enter the number of the CRT for the operator to whom you are sending the message     You may enter a comma     to display a lookup window that lists the operators and their  corresponding CRT numbers    2 2 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    PHONE    The phone extension of the operator to whom the message will be sent  This information  automatically displays when you select an operator     MSG    You may typea customized message to the operator or you may select one of the  predefined messages  A E  listed at the bottom of the window  To select a predefined  message  you must move your cursor to the command line and enter the code  A E  that  corresponds to the predefined message  Predefined messages are set up using Screen  184  O perator Default M essage M aintenance  which is documented in Chapter 2  System  Setup  of this manual     When you send a message to the operator  a window will display on their terminal indicating that  a message has been sent  Hei she must enter ACK to acknowledge the receipt of the message     Installer Numbers    Installer numbers have been increased from 6 digits to 9 digits  maximum 999999999   This  feature affects all screens where installer numbers are entered  displayed  or printed      For information on setting up installers 
21.  Event History  for the SYSADMIN account     PD MODEM DISPATCH EVENT CODE    This field has been added so that you can specifiy the event code that will be logged when the  police department is dispatched via modem  This feature works in conjunction with the 6 and  7  function key assignments that you can create in Screen 104  Function Key Assignment Update   When this event code is logged to a site s history  there is a corresponding comment  which is  hardcoded into the  6 and  7 function key assignments  that is also logged to indicate if the  modem call was successful or unsuccessful     For more information on creating function key assignments  refer to page 7 52 in the Central  Station Instruction M anual     FD MODEM DISPATCH EVENT CODE    This field has been added so that you can specifiy the event code that will be logged when the fire  department is dispatched via modem  This feature works in conjunction with the  6 and  7  function key assignments that you can create in Screen 104  Function Key Assignment Update   When this event code is logged to a site s history  there is a corresponding comment  which is  hardcoded into the  6 and  7 function key assignments  that is also logged to indicate if the  modem call was successful or unsuccessful     For more information on creating function key assignments  refer to page 7 52 in the Central  Station Instruction M anual     3 16 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    LONG ZONE COMMENTSDISPLAY  L R     This option
22.  Homer Mr   Mrs  would be SMITHHOMER     For commercial accounts  the NKEY will include the first 10 characters entered in the name field   In addition  all punctuation and spaces will be removed from the name  For example  the NKEY  for A BC Electronics would be ABCELECTRO     Phone Number Validation and Formatting    If you have Y entered in the VALIDATE  FORMAT PH Ze ON CS042  46 field in Screen 101  Processing  Options  then 10 digit phone numbers will be validated and formatted  When you enter a 10 digit  phone number  the system first validates the number of digits and then automatically formats it  by inserting dashes  If you enter a phone number less than 10 digits  it will not be accepted as a  valid entry  If you enter a phone number that is greater than 10 digits  the entry will not be  formatted     4 10 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    MASlink ALT IDs    If you are using MASlink  the ALTID field can only be changed by the Host Central Station  When  a MASlink RPC initially creates a new account  an alternate  D may be entered for the account by  the MASlink RPC  However  once the account has been set up in the Host Central Station  the  alternate ID can only be modified in Screen 42 by the Host Central Station     Assigning Common Overflow to an Account  The cFLo field  which allowed you to assign one page of common overflow information to an  account  has been removed from Screen 42  Account Update Now  more than one common    overflow page ma
23.  M aster File Maintenance M enu     4967 Overflow Added 4981 Passcard A dded   4968 Overflow Changed 4982 Passcard Changed  4969 Overflow Deleted 4983 Passcard Deleted   4970 Account Added 4984 Zone Disp Added  4971 Account Changed 4985 Zone Disp Changed  4972 Zone A dded 4986 Zone Disp Deleted  4973 Zone Changed 4987 Common Oflo Added  4974 Zone Deleted 4988 Common Oflo Changed  4975 Zone Comment A dded 4989 Common Oflo Deleted  4976 Zone Comment Changed 4990 Permit Conn Added  4977 Zone Comment Deleted 4991 Permit Conn Changed  4978 Schedule A dded 4992 Permit Conn Deleted  4979 Schedule Changed 4993 Mail to Added   4980 Schedule Deleted 4994 Mail to Changed    4995 Mail to Deleted    A sample history event is shown below     Event History Display Ca O07      001 0007 VLADIC  LISA Dispatch Code   003 0007 1029 REDONDO AS Ors ELE  TORZS  Zn     Date     Time   Trans Acct Op Code Descr  08 19 94 09 58 22 COMMENT ADR1 1029 REDONDO  08 19 94 09 58 22 AND 4971 ACCOUNT CHANGED  08719794 09 57 242 AND 4970 ACCOUNT ADDED       3 8 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    In the sample event  the message ACCOUNT CHANGED along with the message 2nd in the  ZN  OP column indicates that a secondary account has been deleted   New Display Options for Alarm Buffer Screens  New options are available which allow you to display the account number and name of an  account in alarm on the Alarm Buffer screens in blinking  reverse video  underlined  dim  or    normal text  based on the alarm 
24.  TCP system name LrgConf_pc   TCP socket  4568    d Save  or Meet       In the SYBASE field you will indicate the type of connection that B32 will make with MASterM ind   Enter Y to indicate that B32 will be directly connected to the Sybase or Oracle server for  MASterMind  Enter T to indicate that B32 will connect to MASterM ind using and NT server and  TCP IP  Enter N to indicate that B32 will not be connecting to MASterM ind     Fields 2 through 6 will only be used if B32 is connecting directly to the Sybase or Oracle server   These will be set by representatives at MAS     Fields 7 and 8 will only be used if B32 is connecting to an NT server using TCP  IP  Again  these  will beset by aMAS representative     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 31    Screen 335 B32  gt  Webserver Network Definition    This screen is used to define the communications network for the interface between B32  Monitoring and the M A Sweb server  if you have purchased the MA Sweb product  This screen  will beset up by a representative from MAS  For moreinformation on this screen or on the  MA Sweb product  contact your MAS representative     B32   gt  Webserver Network Definition EE    Sybase  Y T N  T   Sybase Server 3 Database  User 5 Password  This system name   TCP system name   TCP socket     Installer Ranges   Start Through Through  9 999999999  ak  de  1  lr  19  21  23  25  DT     D ownload or S ave       In the SYBASE field you will indicate the type of connection that B3
25.  Window Vrfy  Close Window Vrfy    6  Early 0  Early N the dosing event   TORRANCE CA 90503 8  Late code will be logged  14  Comment  REFRIGERATOR DOOR SCHEDULE to the subscriber s  5  Day Cele    account                       Pierm  T emp  H dys  V acn  M ore  N ext  O ver  S ave  or         When using these types of schedules  you may apply many of the same scheduling functions as  you would regular schedules  For example  you may create temporary schedules to override the  permanent schedules  If the account has a holiday schedule  that schedule will also effect this  schedule     Operator actions  such as Advanced Irregular Setup  event code 4850  and Advanced Open Setup   event code 4815   will effect this schedule     4 8 Account Data Entry MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Assigning Agency Dispatching Permits to an Account    For each account  you may enter up to two permits for each of the four types of agencies  Permits  may be assigned both to master accounts and to subaccounts     You may set up permits on the following screens   e Screen 42  Account Update    e Screen 47  Primary Dispatch U pdate  e   Screen 49  Permit Update    Logging Data Changes to Subscriber History    Three methods are now available for tracking changes made to customer account information   For more information  refer to the changes described for Screen 101  Processing Options  in the  System Setup section of this release notice     Passcard Retained as You Move Between Screens   Whenever you
26.  a new priority  If no new alarms  for  different zones  are received during that time  the alarm will automatically be fully cleared  If an  new alarm for a different zone is received during that time  the suppressed alarm will resume the  priority of the new alarm     To suppress an alarm  access the alarm on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and log event code 4607  The  alarm will be assigned the priority you defined in the ALARM CLEAR SUPPRESS PRIORITY field on  Screen 101  Processing Options  and will remain suppressed for the number of minutes you  defined in the ALARM CLEAR SUPPRESS PRIORITY field on Screen 101     Status Change Notification for Subaccounts   If you access an alarm for a subaccount on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and an additional alarm is  received for the master account or another subaccount related to the original subaccount  the  message STATUS CHANGED  is displayed above the command line and a warning tone may sound   Moving to the Service Dispatch Screen   A new command  SD  has been added which allows you to move quickly between Screen 2     Alarm Dispatch  and Screen 502  Service Dispatch  while retaining the selected subscriber   s account  number     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 19    Partial Clear with Auto Resume Feature    A new event code  4609  may now be logged to partially clear an alarm and have it resume a  specific priority after a set period of time     Alarm Status Clear   CALLING CONTACTS  USE PHONE  2   New Priority 200 IS L
27.  a schedule number  between 90 and 97     5  Theopening event codes that you enter in this screen must correspond to the opening event  code you just entered in Screen 43  Zone  Event Code U pdate  The opening event code for the  will goin theocp field  The closing event code will go in thecco field     6  You must set the Late flag  field 3  for the opening event code to I  late events are ignored    You must set the Late flag  field 5  for the closing event code to V  late events are displayed  in screen 12  Late Event View      7  Do not specify any information for the Early or Late O pen Windows  Enter Y in the vrry   field for the Early Open Window to have the system verify whether the opening event was  received within the schedule or whether it was received early  An alarm will be generated if  the opening event is received early  Enter N in the very  field for the Late Open Window     8  Do not specify any information for the Early Close Window  Enter N in thevr ry  field for  the early close window     9  You will usethe Late Close Window to specify the amount of time that may occur between  the time the opening event is received and the time the restoral is expected  For example  if  you enter 15  the restoral will be expected within 15 minutes after the opening event has been  received  Each time an opening event is logged  the system will set up an expected restoral  event to occur within the amount of time you specify in the Late Close Window  Enter Y in  the vrR
28.  access a data entry screen  you may be prompted to enter a subscriber   s passcard   Previously  if you moved from one data entry screen to another using the same subscriber   s  account  you were required to re enter the subscriber   s passcard    This feature has been changed as follows  if you access a data entry screen and enter the  subscriber   s passcard at the Passcard prompt  you will not be prompted to enter the subscriber   s    passcard again if you move to another data entry screen using the    shortcut    commands  e g  SC  to move to Screen 44  Schedule U pdate  or G to move to Screen 42  Account U pdate      Screen 41 Site Sub Account Maintenance    The D   isconnect command has been added so you can disconnect a subaccount from its master  site account  When you use this command  the following prompt displays     MOVE HISTORY  Y N   If you enter Y  those events belonging to the subaccount will be removed from the event history  of the master site account and added to the subaccount   s event history  When a subaccount is  disconnected  a DISCONNECT FROM SITE event will be logged to the event history for the  subaccount     Subaccounts that are currently in alarm may not be disconnected     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account DataEntry 4 9    Screen 42 Account Update    For more information on setting up and modifying accounts  refer to pages 4 3 through 4 15 in  the Central Station Instruction M anual     Account Name Data Entry    To aid in consistent data
29.  access level 6  subscriber access  to terminal 333  Anyone who signed onto to  terminal 333 would be retricted to security access level 6 when viewing screens 2 8     Screen 67 VRT Action Event Code Entry View    This is anew screen which allows you to enter event codes that are used by the VRT II  VRT  event codes must be between the range 3000 3999  If you enter a code outside that range  the  system will not accept it as a valid entry     Refer to your VRT II manual for more information about this screen     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 7    Screen 101 Processing Options   For more information on the processing options  refer to pages 3 40 through 3 54 in the Central  Station Instruction M anual    Logging Data Changes to Subscriber History   Three methods may now be used to track changes made to customer account information     Enter U in DATABASE CHG field if you wish to record changes made to customer account  information to Screen 251  File U pdate Log Printout  only     Enter H in this field if you wish to log the event codes listed below to track the time and person  responsible for changes made to customer account information only     Enter B in this field if you want to record account changes to both the File Log Update Printout  and to customer history  using the event codes listed below      If you choose option H or B  the following event codes will be automatically logged whenever  account information is changed on the screens available from the
30.  account and its associated history from the CS system     This process is not redundant   Follow the steps below to delete account information and history from your CS system   1  Access Screen 115  Account and Activity Deletion   2  TheAccount and Activity Deletion screen is displayed   Account Master File And Activity Deletion Sea RS    1 Beg  Account FIRST  End  Account LAST    Cutoff Date 07 31 95  Print Only Print  amp  Delete  PO PD    Detail Print  Y N       Summary Print  Y N      One Account Per Page  Y N        3  In the BEG ACCOUNT and END ACCOUNT fields  enter the original CS account numbers of the  accounts you want to delete   In ordered to be deleted  an account must have been scheduled  for deletion using Screen 114  Account D dee Request   To delete all accounts which have been  scheduled for deletion  press Enter at each of these fields to accept the default values of  FIRST and LAST     4  Accounts with a TERM DATE  from Screen 114  that is earlier than the date you enter in the  CUTOFF DATE field  on Screen 115  will be deleted     5  If you wish to retain the account information and history for tilde accounts  you should enter  a date that reflects the number of months    history you want to retain on your CS system  For  example if today is June 1  1996  and you wanted to retain account history for one year  enter  a CUTOFF DATE of June 1  1995     7 6 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    6  IN PRINT ONLY  PRINT  amp  DELETE  indicate w
31.  allows you to determine which side of the screen you want extended zone comments  to display on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  Enter L to have them display on the left side  Enter R to  have them display on the right side  Extended zone comments are displayed by entering the new  DZ  command at the command line on Screen 2  Extended zone comments are created on Screen  47  Primary Dispatch Information  and linked to zones using the new G ZP command in the  COMMENT field on Screen 43  Zone Event Code U pdate  For more information  refer to Screen 43     SYSTEM  A  B  FOR CSO172    This option allows you to restrict use of Screen 172  CS Number Assignment  so that it can only  accessed on either theA or B system  This screen is used to assign  deassign a group of CS  numbers to an installer  By restricting which system where this screen can be accessed  you can  prevent the possibility of redundancy errors due to duplicate assignments     cs002 PASSCARD  VIEW LEVEL    This option allow you to restrict users from view the passcode in the Passcard Lookup window that  is accessed from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  All users who user level is equal to or greater than the   user level you specify in this field will not be able to view the passcodes displayed in the P asscard   Lookup window     MAX SVC JOB HIST  MONTHS     This option allows you to specify a maximum number of months that the system should retain  service job history     NO OPER COMM LOGGED  ACCT IN USE    This option allows
32.  an account should only be included on the report if it falls within all  of the specified selection ranges  Entering O will specify that an account should be included on  the report if it falls within at least one of the specified selection ranges     Print Totals Only    An option has been added to the following reports which allows you to print report totals and  subtotals without printing details for the report     Screen 204 Excessive Activity Report  Screen 205 Combined Activity Report  Screen 210 Summary Activity Report  Screen 283 False Dispatch Tracking Report  Screen 295 Daily Event Count Printout    Work Order Number Fields    An option in Screen 101  Processing Options  allows you to customize the name of work order  number fields that are displayed and printed throughout the entire system  If a report has  selection or sort fidds for work order numbers  then the names of those fields will reflect the field  name specified in Screen 101     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 1    Screen 21 CS Account Database Printout  For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 3 through 8 4 in the Central Station    Instruction M anual     If you are using the option to fax changes made to an account immediately to the installer  assigned to the account  this report is one of the reports that will be faxed  For more information  on the feature for Faxing Real Time Data Changes to Installers  see Chapter 4  Account Data  Entry  in this manual     The ONLY ACCTSW  
33.  ars 2  10 15 96 10 51 33 COMMENT 14     If you are automatically paging test results to service technicians  the system now logs an  additional comments listing the parameters in which test results will be paged to the service  technician  For example  test results may be paged to the technician every five minutes for 30  minutes  The comment will be logged as follows     IAPs OIII S   COP 4210 ON TEST ang  2  1AW 1 9   9 7 209339 38 COMMENT 111997 935  111997 1035   11 19 97 09 39 38 COMMENT TEST  ALL  BOTH    11 19 97 09 39 38 COMMENT RESULTS  5 MIN 30 MIN    For more information on the paging feature  refer to Appendix A at the end of this document     Screen 10 Cross Reference Guide    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 5 40 and 6 46 in the Central Station Instruction  Manual     You may now search for CS accounts based on their Telco lease line numbers  The T   Lco Field  has been added to the search criteria   A TELCO  may be assigned to an account on Screen 42   Account U pdate      Also  when using aname to search for account  the system will remove the spaces and  punctuation that were entered in the name if you are currently using the option that formats  account name data entry  If you want the spaces and punctuation to be considered in the name  search  you must enter a comma     as the last character of the name  If you currently are not  using any editing rules for the account name data entry and wish to do so  you must contact MAS  to have thi
34.  changes made only to the account data  will always be  sent     Most of the information that is sent is account specific  For example  if you specified that you  wanted to send the history file  only the history of the accounts that fall within the ranges you  specify will be sent by the remote system  However  if you are sending up table files  such as  events  agencies  installers  and users   then that information is not account specific and will be  sent regardless of the account number range you specify     ACCOUNT RANGESTO BE SENT    START CS   END CS    Enter the range of CS accounts that will be sent the remote system  You may enter up to 10  ranges of accounts       C LEAR   S AVE  OR N EXT   You may enter the line number that you want to modify  or you may enter C followed by the line  number you want to clear  for example C7   This entry is only applicable to lines 5 14  You may    also enter S to save any changes you make to this screen  or you may enter N to move to the first  HOST PREFIX field     7 30 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 334 B32  gt  MASterMind Network Definition    This screen is used to define the communications network for the interface between B32  Monitoring and MASterMind  This screen will beset up by arepresentative from MAS  For  more information  contact your MAS representative     B32   gt  Mastermind Network Definition CS 0334    Sybase  Y T N  T   Sybase Server 3 Database  User 5 Password  This system name  
35.  e Setting up Information for Fax Machines  Modems   e Sending Faxes    e Fax Interface System Administration    Requirements for Using the Fax Interface Feature  Hardware Requirements    A Multitech modem with a baud rate of 9600 or greater is required to use the Fax Interface     Software Requirements    The Fax Interface Feature may be used with CS version 5 50 11 or greater  In addition  the third   party software application  VSI FA X  must be installed on your primary alarm monitoring  system     The VSI FAX software is not redundant  If you wish to be able to fax from both the A and B    machine  VSI FAX must be installed on both machines   A software license for VSI FAX will be  required for each machine      MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B The Fax Inteface Feature xxvii    Preparing Your CS System for the Fax Interface Feature  To prepare your system for using the Fax feature  perform the following steps     1  Verify that your CS system includes all event codes used with the Fax feature  shown in  Table 1   You may print or view a list of event codes using Screen 71  Event Code Printout     Table 1  Event Codes Used by the Fax Process    Event Code Event Code    Fax Successful Fax Alarm Detail  Fax Unsuccessful Fax Account Activity    Late Fax Confirmation Fax Account Database  Reschedule Fax Confirm Fax Test Results  Clear Fax Confirm Fax Misc  Report      On Screen 51  Event Code Update  the EQUIVALENT RESCODE field for these event codes  must be 4620  462
36.  entry of account names  an option is now available to define the format  of the names that are entered  If you currently are not using any editing rules for the account  name data entry and wish to do so  you must contact MAS to have this option set and convert  your existing account name keys into the new formats  When the option is set by MAS  you will  have access to the following screens  which you can use to affect the account name entry for  future accounts     1  On Screen 183  Residential Account Titles  set up a list of titles  such as Mr   Ms   Mr   Mrs   that  may be used as part of a customer   s name on Screen 42  Account Update    2  On Screen 182  Residential Type D efinition  set up a list of account types that are used for  residential accounts  An account type may be any value between 0 and 9  and between A and  Z     When an account is entered on Screen 42  assign the appropriate account type  residential or  commercial  to the account  The account type determines the format that must be used for the  name     e Commercial account names may be entered in any format   e Residential account names must be entered in the format     LAST NAME  FIRST NAME TITLE   A warning message is displayed if the residential name is not entered in the above format   The NKEY is created using the information entered for the customer   s name     For residential accounts  the NKEY will include the first 10 characters entered in the name field   For example  the NKEY for Smith 
37.  event code that will be logged to a fax recipient   s account whenever a fax is not sent  successfully     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B TheFax Inteface Feature xxix    AUTO SEND     Y indicates that whenever a user makes a request to send a fax associated with this cover page   the CS system will immediately attempt to send the fax to the first fax machine  modem for the  account  installer  or employee list     The CS system first checks the selected subscriber account for a fax machine  modem  If noneis  found  the CS system checks the account for the installer assigned to the se ected subscriber  account  Finally  if no fax machine    modem is found for the subscriber or installer account  the  CS system checks the EMPLIST account     N indicates that whenever a user requests to send a fax associated with this cover page  the CS  system will prompt the user to select the fax machine  modem to which the report will be sent   The user will also be prompted to enter comments that will be printed on the cover page     RETRYS    The maximum number of times the CS system will attempt to send a fax associated with this  cover page     If the CS system attempts to send a fax the maximum number of times and is unsuccessful  the  NOT SENT CD is logged to the fax recipient   s account  A late event or alarm may also be generated   depending on the response code assigned to the event code used as the NOT SENT CD    CONFIRM REQ    Y indicates that the fax recipient is requi
38.  for  redundancy to be re established  Those machines using X site or    C    redundancy can also  continue processing     You should only specify Y if the system will be truly down  eg  for hardware maintenance or  backup   There must not be any users making changes on that system     Screen 931 Start Receivers  Startlog     Receivers will be started more quickly  This improvement applies to DG  U X based systems only     The locking server will remain active after a startlog  This correction applies to DG  UX based  systems only     MAS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67 Receivers Redundancy 8 3    Screen 952 Enable Disable Receivers    When using Datalink  which may include the Sybase link from MASterMind   you may now view  information for the last transaction received via Datalink  For each transaction  you will see the  sequence number of the last transaction processed by B32 from the remote computer  and the  date and time the transaction was processed  This information display in the new LAST  TRANSACTION INFO field     For more information on this screen  refer to pages B 15 through B 16 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Screen 954 Receiver Definition Update    For more information on this screen  refer to pages B 7 through B 11 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     When you delete a receiver  the system now recomputes the RPI numbers correctly  After you  run Screen 956  CS Generation and Restore  the processing errors on Screen 31  Backgrou
39.  for accounts or agencies based on a specific phone number  When  you enter a phone number in the PHONE field  you may enter the last 7 digits of the phone  number  without the area code   or you may enter the whole phone number  with the area code    You do not need to format the phone number with dashes  spaces  or parentheses     The system will search account phone numbers  passcard phone numbers  and agency phone  numbers  If more than one account has been assigned the specified phone number  then the  Phone Cross Reference lookup window will display where you can select the correct account     For example  if you have entered the phone number without the area code  then that same phone  may exist in different accounts but with a different area code   In the Phone Cross Reference  lookup window  an asterisk will display next the account number if an account is currently in  alarm     When you select an account or agency  summary information will display on Screen 1     03 19 98 13 41 Phone Cross Reference 03 19 98 13 41 CS 001    Phone Number 5551234 555 1234  11 1234    LECeCRORUBNET INFO  Cep 11 1234  S  Installer 101010  SMITH  MITCH AND BELINDA BR  0 0000 INSTALLER REQUIRES 24  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD Type R HOUR NOTICE BEFORE  Specl RESPONDING TO SERVICE  RAMONA CA 92065 CALLS  UDF1 UDF2 SType 1 RS  N En Xt 0 0 MTyp TMB Map  H4    M aster Pass  D isp  G en  H istory  S ervice  A gency  N ext       Command Line Options  M   ASTER PASS    Enter M to go Screen 19  M as
40.  hha eea anat hae aana aiana 5 10  Multiple Follow up Events    5 10  Fallback Location Broceeslmg  ENEE 5 12  Steet  Main MEN en aan teed  ciel arga e e ae aa et ees 5 14  Screen 1 Phone Cross Reeremce  REENEN EEN 5 14  Screan 2  Alarm D Spa O e e GE SEENEN 5 15  Screen 3 Zone  Event Code VIEW       cecccccscsssssscscssssesescsececsesesacsesececsssesassusecesassesavensesesassnsavensesees 5 20  Screen 4 Permanent Schedule Maintenance  EEN 5 21  Screen 5 Timed Event ENY  EEN 5 21  Screen 7 Event History Display EEN 5 22  Screen 10 Cross Reference Guide       ccccccsssssssesssssssssssssesescecsssesavsesesecsssesavsesesesassesaveesesesassesarensesaeas 5 25  Screen 13 Follow up Inquiry ENEE 5 26  Screen 14 Alarm Status Monitor REENEN 5 26  Screen 19 Master Passcard View  5 27  Screen 20 Site  Sub Cross REFErENCe       cssesssssssssscssssssssesscecsssesassesecessssesassesesesassesavscsesesaesesaversesasas 5 27  Screen 185 Delayed Alarm Maintenance  REENEN 5 28  Screen 214 Selective Alarm Status Monttor  REENEN 5 29  Screen 230 Multi Location Alarm Monitor  5 29    M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 6   Reporting    Alternate Reporting Codes for Event CodeS EEN 6 1  Aind  Or LOQ  SE 61  gilt Kee er Alte het eh te ee a oi ae ieee it ae Pelee Ble eee 6 1  Work   Order Number Fields  eegne ctec terteeedechdvee vents aanren candace eben aannaaien ha Sai ste  6 1  Screen 21 CSAccount Database Printout ANNE 6 2  Screen 24 Supervised Account M ail Out Report  6 2  Screen 25  CS Shor
41.  holidays that you can assign to the subscriber     Screen 45 Mail to Address Update  For more information on this screen  refer to page 6 42 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     You may now modify the seq  field to change or reorder the sequence numbers for the addresses  you have created for an account     When you request that a mail to address be deleted  by typing DELETE at the command line    the message Confirm  will be displayed     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 15    Screen Ap Passcard Update    For additional information on creating and modifying passcards  refer to page 4 27 through 4 42  in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Automatic Passcode Generation    If you use the automatic passcode assignment feature to generate random passcodes for your  subscriber accounts  you may now assign the leading character s  of the passcode and generate  the rest of the passcode automatically     To use this feature     e Inthe  OF CHARACTERS FOR NEW PASSCARD on Screen 101  enter the total number of  characters each passcode will contain     e When you enter a new passcode on Screen 46  enter the leading character s  you want to  assign to the passcode  then  to generate the remainder of the code automatically  enter a plus  sign         e The remaining characters of the passcode will be generated automatically when the passcard  is saved     Phone Number Validation and Formatting    If you haveY entered in the VALIDATE  FORMAT PH Ze ON CS
42.  in Screen 47  Primary Dispatch  Information  For more information  see Appendix A at the end of this document     6  You may view the arm  disarm status of a site by entering AD  This command will take you  to the A rm D isarm Status V iew window where you can view whether the site is currently  armed or disarmed  TheArm D isarm Status V iew window will show you the event code used  to arm or disarm the site  the schedule associated with the arm  disarm event  and the  corresponding zone comment     7  You may now enter DZ to view the extended zone comments for a zone that has been  tripped  You will know whether a zone has extended comments assigned to it based on the  ZONE COMMENT field  If  ZP  is listed as the zone comment  then a page of dispatch  instructions has been created to provide extra comments for the zone    will be the page of  dispatch instructions used for the comments   The DZ command will display the comments  for the top priority alarm  If there are additional zones in alarm  you may enter DZ  to view  the comments  where  is the line number of the alarm      5 16 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Setting up ATI Tests    If you are setting up the next ATI test for an account  the NEXT ATI field will now display   Previously  this field was called the NEXT TEST field  If you are setting up a secondary ATI test for  an account  the SECONDARY ATI  field will now display  Previously  this field was called the  SECONDARY  field     If you are cleari
43.  letter format you  want generated for the customers included on this report     Field 12  ADDRESS FROM ACCOUNT  Y  N   has been added so that you can determine whether you  want the address from Screen 42  Account Update  to be printed on the report even if there are our  multiple mail addresses set up for the account     The M   ODIFY LETTER command line option may only be used by those users whose access level is   set to Oor 1    The following command line options have been added to the screen    SAVE   You may enter S to save the sort and search criteria that you have specified for the report  When  you access this report  the screen will display the report criteria that was last saved    D   EFAULT   You may enter D to display the default report criteria  This option is useful if you have accessed    the screen and the report criteria that displays is the one that was last saved rather than the  default report criteria     6 18 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Defining the Account Information on a CFR Letter    Update CFR Form Letter CS 029 LE  CFR  4 Description RESIDENTIAL SUBSCRIBER UPDATE LETTER  1 DEAR CUSTOMER     FOLLOWING IS UPDATED INFORMATION FOR YOUR ACCOUNT  PLEASE TAKE A  MOMENT TO VERIFY THAT IT IS CORRECT      1    4    5    6     IF ANY OF THE INFORMATION IS CORRECT  PLEASE CONTACT OUR CUSTOMER  SERVICE DEPARMENT AT  800  555 3800     SINCERELY     HENRY NGUYEN  CUSTOMER SERVICE    VO OO JO GAMM AO wO DOHA U GA bM       C ode View     N ext  P a
44.  match the PASS LEVEL  value  the user will not be able to edit the account   s information     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 5    Scheduled Alarm Processing    A feature is now available for you to create a different type of schedule for opening and closing  events  With this schedule you may specify the allowable increments of time that can occur  between the opening and closing events before the account goes into alarm  For example  you  may have a refrigerator door that is opened and closed many times during the day  However   you may not want that refrigerator door to be opened for more than 15 minutes at atime  With  this new scheduling feature  you will set up the days during which the refrigerator door can be  opened and closed  just as you would with a standard schedule  But you will use the late close  window to specify the increment of time that the refrigerator door can be opened before it has to  be closed  For this example  you would enter 15 minutes in the late close window     MAS recommends that you assign a restoral to the opening event code in Screen 43  Zone  Event  CodeU pdate  When the opening event code is received by the system  the restoral event will be  expected before the time specified in the late close window expires  If the restoral is not received  within the appropriate amount of time  the late event code assigned to the closing event code on  the schedule is logged to the subscriber   s account     Event Code Requirements 
45.  passcard phone number     When you call the numbers on a customer   s call list  the command line will change again  If  additional phone numbers have been entered  you may use the O   ther command to call any of  those additional phone numbers  By entering 03  04  or O5  the system will dial the third   fourth  or fifth phone number  respectively     Checking Common Overflow or Passcard Instructions    Once you have finished calling a contact on the customer   s call list and before you enter a  disposition for the call  you may enter a plus     in the DISPOSITION field to view either the  common overflow or the passcard instructions  If you have contacted an agency and common  overflow has been entered for that agency  then the appropriate Common Overflow window will  display  If you have called one of the contacts and passcard instructions have been entered for  the contact  then the Passcard Instructions window will display     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 7    Account Release Warning  The following message is displayed when an operator has accessed an account which is in alarm    status and the operator attempts to release the account by entering N  N EXT  or a semi colon      at the command line of one of the screens listed below     Account Release Warning Window    Alarm priority still within your queue   Release Account  Y N         e Screen2 Alarm Dispatch   e Screen3 ZoneEvent Code View   e Screen4 Permanent Schedule Maintenance  e Screen5 Timed Even
46.  reactivate the customer   s account        1  Access Screen 114  Account D eletion Request   2  You will be prompted with the following message   Account D  elete  U  ndelete or P   rint  3  Press U  Account Undelete    4  TheAccount D eetion Request screen is displayed     5  Inthecs field  enter the original CS account number  The original account information will  be displayed  as long as it has not been reused since the time of original deletion     If the customer s original CS account number has been reused  the message ACCOUNT  ALREADY EXISTS  is displayed and the cursor will remain at thecs field  You may not  reactivate the account     If you are reactivating an account number that has in the past been deleted and re used more  than once  you may activate the oldest information for the account     6  Atthecommand line  type UNDELETE and press Enter   7  You will be prompted to confirm that you wish to re activate the selected account  Type  CONFIRM and press Enter  The message U N DELETED will flash at the command line     indicating that the account is now re activated  After an account is re activated  its renamed   tilde  account will no longer exist on the system     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 5    Screen 115 Account Master File and Activity Deletion  Screen 115  Account M aster File and Activity D eletion is used to perform the following tasks     e Printa list of accounts which have been selected for deletion   e Permanently delete an
47.  refer to pages 3 4 through 3 9 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Passcard vs     PIC      An option is now available in Screen 101  Processing Options  to display    PIC    instead of     passcard    for field names  screen names  prompts  and reports throughout the CS system  For  example  Screen 46  P asscard U pdate  would be renamed to PIC Update PIC means Personal    Identification Code     For information on setting up and printing passcards  refer to pages 4 32 through 4 42 in the  Central Station Instruction M anual     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Global Features 2 3       Movable    Windows    All windows that    pop up    as a response to an entry you have made in the screen may now be  moved to another position on the screen  Use the following key strokes to move the window           number      number     lt  lt    lt number     gt    gt  gt    gt number    Temporarily    hides    the window  Press any key to redisplay the window     Moves the window up five lines   M oves the window to the top of the screen   Moves the window up the number of spaces you specify     Moves the window down five lines  Moves the window to the bottom of the screen   Moves the window down thenumber of spaces you specify    Moves the window left five spaces   Moves the window to the left side of the screen   Moves the window to the left the number of spaces you specify    Moves the window right five spaces  Moves the window to the right side of the screen   Moves the win
48.  the appropriate amount of time has elapsed  those  alarms will display in Screen 14  This field is only used if you are using the Delayed Alarm  Option and Screen 185  D dayed Alarm M aintenance     An option is available to have the Inst column display instead of the START column  The INST  column will display up to 4 characters of the installer code     If the SUP BKTK WARN field in Screen 64 U ser Profile U pdate  is set to Y for a specific user  then  background task warnings will not display on this screen for that user     This screen will now display MASlink errors if the communication server for MASlink for  Windows has not processed the information in the    outbox    directory in the last 30 minutes     5 26 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 19 Master Passcard View    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 5 60 and 5 61 in the Central Station Instruction  Manual     The PASS NAME field will display both the passcard name and passcard long name entered for the  passcard holder on Screen 46  P asscard U pdate     Screen 20 Site Sub Cross Reference    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 6 50 and 6 51 in the Central Station Instruction  Manual     The VT   est  command has been added so that you may view a list of tests for any one of the  accounts listed in this screen  Enter VT followed by the line number corresponding to the  account for which you want to view a list of tests  The Test List window will display     You ma
49.  the report   Additionally  you have several formatting options for the report  such as whether to print the  report using Military Time or whether to print only one account per page     Screen 251 File Update Log Printout    For moreinformation on this screen  refer to page 8 53 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     The PRINT SYSADM TRANS  field has been added to this report  If this field is set to Y  the report  will include all additions  deletions     undeletions    or changes made to subscriber data  including  mail to addresses  and dispatch overflow  as well as to the CS system  such as event codes   agencies  and installers  If this field is set to N  the report will include only changes made to  subscriber data  If this field is set toO  the report will include only changes made to the CS  system information     The SORT BY D   ATE  TIME OR U   SER field has been added to allow you to determine whether you  want the report be sorted by the change date and time for the transaction or sort by the user who  made the change  The START USER and END USER fields have been added so that you can print the  report for a range of users  If you are sorting by user  then the report will sort based on the range  of users specified for the report     When an agency record changes in Screen 52  A gency U pdate  the agency number is now included  on the report generated from Screen 251  File U pdate Log Printout  so you Know which agency  record was changed     MAS Central 
50.  the report to shows the amount of time taken for operators to access alarm for  a percentage of your accounts the P   ercent option   then you can set up percentage buckets that  will determine how many accounts are included on the report  If you arerunning the report to  show the number of alarms handled by operators in a specific number of seconds  the B   ucket or  C   umulative option   then you can set up the number of seconds for each bucket to determine  which bucket the information will be printed     Reporting Dispatch Actions    An option is now available to allow dispatching on both systems  This option can only be set by  MAS  This option overrides the limitations of only being able to perform dispatch actions on the  monitoring system  However  if you allow dispatching on both systems  the dispatch actions  performed on the non monitoring system will not be recorded in the reports generated from  Screen 297  Disposition by Account Report  Screen 298  O perator Statistics Report  and Screen 299   Dispatch A ction Report     6 26 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 340 Error Log View Print   For more information on this screen  refer to page C 15 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   If dates are entered in your system using the European Date Format  you may now enter a  starting and ending date range for this report using the European Date Format    Screen 370 Redundancy Error Log   For more information on this screen  refer to page C 20 in th
51.  three ranges of priorities     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 15    C ERTIFICATED  N   ON CERTIFICATED  B   OTH  C  N  B     Enter C to include only those accounts that are UL certified  An account is considered UL  certified if there is a UL code entered for the account in Screen 42  Account Update Enter N to  include only those accounts that are not UL certified  Enter B to include both UL and non UL  certified accounts on the report     Screen 270 Account Assignment Status Report    For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 58 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     This screen has been significantly reorganized  as shown below     Account Assignment Status Report CSS O20  1 Line Number    Inst Range  2 Brens 999999  Acct Range  A Start    6 Sort by Inst  Y N  N  7    Page Break  Y N  N    Selection  AEIO  A ctive  E rror  I nactive  O pen    Start Assign Date  iC End Assign Date 09 11 00      or  GO       The following sort fields have been added to this report    INST RANGE  START  END   These two fields allow you to print a report for a specific installer or range of installers  In START   enter the installer code of the first installer you wish to includein the report  In END  enter the  installer code of the last installer you want to includein the report    ACCT RANGE  START  END   These two fields allow you to print a report for a specific account or range of accounts  In START   enter the CS  of the first account you wish to includein t
52.  to page C 13 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   This screen will indicate the status of background task CD005 and CDO006  If the CD005 process  experiences an error and stops running for more than 15 minutes  the following warning is    displayed  CD 005 cannot reset the modem     This screen will now display MASlink errors if the communication server for MASlink for  Windows has not processed the information in the    outbox    directory in the last 30 minutes     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 27    Screen 332 Miscellaneous Problem Status Screen    This screen will indicate  as a percentage  how full the Dispatch Action File and the three related  indexes are     The message  Repack In Progress  was added for the Autologger  Instead of  Process Error     This new message will appear when the expected event index is being automatically repacked by  the Autologger task     For more information on this screen  refer to page C 14 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Screen 333    X    Site Redundancy Configuration Definition    This program is used to set up the TCP  IP aliases and socket numbers used to identify two pairs  of redundant machines that may monitor your accounts  You may also specify the ranges of  accounts that will be backed up by the 2 pairs of redundant machines  This feature may be used  when you have one Central Station acting as an emergency backup for another Central Station   In this case  the redundancy could wo
53.  viii Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Fields  WAIT EVENT CODE    Enter the number of the default page message that will be requested using the event code  Recall  that each page message is assigned a number on Screen 126  P age M essage D efinitions     Whenever the event code is used to make a request to send a page message and the AUTO SEND is  set to Y for the page message  on Screen 126   the CS system will immediately page the first  pager for the account  installer  or employee list  If the page is successful  the default page  message will automatically be sent     Whenever the event code is used to make a request to send a page and the AUTO SEND is set to N  for the page message  on Screen 126   the user will be prompted to send the default page  message or to select a different page message to send     EQUIVALENT CODE   If you are logging an event using Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and you want the event to generate a  page  the equivalent code for that event must be 4955  Page Request     MIN USER LEVEL   This fidd may be used to restrict the users who may makea request to send a page message    The MINIMUM USER LEVEL  0  4 allowed  assigned to an event code controls the minimum security  level a user must have been assigned for before he will be allowed to log the event code on Screen 2   The user s security level  0  7  for Screen 2 is designated on Screen 360  Program U ser Security  Entry M aintenance    For example  if a user ha
54.  with the  passcode PA G2 on the selected account s passcard list        MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xvii    Page Passcard Selection Window    This window provides alist of pagers from which you can select when sending information via  pager  This window may contain pagers set up for the account  the installer who is assigned to  the account  or the EMPLIST account   Pagers set up for the EMPLIST account will display for   every account      Page Passcard Selection Window  Passcard PAG Phone   L Expire    DEE OLSEN  ALPHA PAGE LEET ZO  NATIONAL ALARM CO  TAA SOS ges ZO    Top  nd  Mi ore      revious  Dialys of Oure       Commands       To select the pager to which you want to send a message  enter the number that corresponds to  the pager at the command line    D    To call the pager to which you want to send a message  at the command line enter D immediately    followed by the number that corresponds to the pager     Q    To exit the Pager Passcard Selection Window without selecting a pager  enter Q     xviii Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Alphanumeric Pager Messages Window    This window may be used to select and enter the message and comments to be sent to a selected  pager     Alphanumeric Pager Messages    Inst   i NATIONAL ALARM CO  1 Passcard  BALONEY Name  DELORES OLSEN  Service    714 555 2000 PIN   1234  QP GebDer den sal  3 Followup Minutes   10  4    Ee       Fields   INST     The installer 
55.  you to determine whether you want to log the operator comments sent to the  dispatch operator who is currently accessing the account that another operator needs to access   Enter Y and the comments will be operator   s comments will be logged the history of the account  that is currently in use  Enter N and the operator   s comments will not be logged  This option is  only used if you have Y entered in the ALLOW OPERATOR MESSAGING  field in Screen 101   Processing Options     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 17    Screen 102 Reporting Code Description File  This screen is now redundant     For moreinformation on this screen  refer to page 3 13 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Screen 103 Reporting Period Update  This option is no longer redundant  For redundant systems  you must update the current    reporting period individually for each system by rolling event history  from Screen 117  Roll Event  History      Users with an access level of 2 or 3 may now view this screen  However  they may not make any  changes to any of the fields     For more information on reporting periods  refer to page 3 14 in the Central Station Instruction  Manual     Screen 104 Function Key Assignment Update   FUNCTION KEY SET     You may now define up to 100 different sets of function key assignments  This feature is used to  assign event codes to specific function keys in order to expedite commonly executed tasks  You  may assign one set of function keys to each user on y
56. 00  08 17 95 15 08 17 COMMENT THIS IS THE FOLLOW UP COMMENT    MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 23    Events Listed from    Foreign    Machines  X Site Redundancy     An F will now display in the st field of Screen 7 if the event logged for an account originated  from a    foreign    system  This feature is used when you have 2 pairs of redundant systems   which may occur when you have one Central Station acting as an emergency backup for another  Central Station  In this case  the redundancy could work in the following manner     ug     ug       g     Machine Machine    All of Central Station 2   s accounts go up to the B machine for Central Station 1  If events are  logged for any of Central Stations 2   s accounts on the B machine for Central Station 1  then an F  will display in the st field on the A machine for Central Station 2 to indicate the events originated  from the    foreign    system           Central Station    B       1        Central Station  2        You may now use the DISPATCH CODES field to restrict the events displayed to those which have  been assigned a certain dispatch code   A dispatch code may be assigned to an event on Screen  51  Event Code U pdate      In the DISPATCH CODES field you may enter up to twelve dispatch codes  Events that have been  assigned to one of the specified dispatch codes will be displayed  Alternately  you may enter a  range of dispatch codes  Events that have been assigned to one of the dispatch codes within the  s
57. 00 x    Passcard y       S ave  N ext  M ore     P revious     Passcard Update    Installer 100  BIG ALARM INSTALLER    DEL ete  D isp  G en  or Q ueue    Passcard Update    Installer d  NATIONAL ALARM CO    DEL ete  D isp  G en  or Q ueue       This screen is used to add or edit information for the pagers to which you will send messages     The information for a pager may be set up in two ways     e You may set up a passcard for a pager as shown in Example 1     e You may include a pager as one of the telephone numbers for a passcard holder  contact as  shown in Example 2   Phone 1is a    normal    telephone number at which the contact can be    called  Phone 2 is for a pager      MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xi    Fields  CS     The account number of the subscriber or installer for which you want to set up pager information   If you wish to be able to page your field technicians  use the EM PLIST account     PASSCODE    If there is only one pager number for an account  installer  or employee list  use PAGE as the  passcode for the pager  If there is more than one pager number for an account  the passcode for  each pager number must use PAG immediately followed by a number  up to two digit  eg   PAG 10     PHONE NUMBER and NOTES    The phone number to be dialed and PIN  used to contact the pager  A pager phone number and  PIN  may be entered in one of the following ways     e Thephone number may be entered in the PHONE 1 field for the Pa
58. 042  46 field in Screen 101  Processing  Options  then 10 digit phone numbers will be validated and formatted  When you enter a 10 digit  phone number  the system first validates the number of digits and then automatically formats it  by inserting dashes  If you enter a phone number less than 10 digits  the entry will not be  accepted as a valid entry  If you enter a phone number that is greater than 10 digits  the entry  will not be formatted     Passcards and Processing Options    If the DISPLAY LONG PASSCARD NAMES field on Screen 101  Processing O ptions  is set to Y  but no  long passcard name is entered for a passcard on Screen 46  Passcard U pdate V iew  the short  passcard name will be displayed in the Passcard Lookup Window     If the DISPLAY LONG PASSCARD NAMES field on Screen 101  Processing O ptions  is set to Y  the  passcard number will not be displayed in the Passcard Lookup Window     If you have the SITE PASSCARDS UNIQUE  Y  N  field set to N in Screen 101  Processing Options  you  may now create a site passcard that has the same passcode as a master passcard  However  you  may not have any duplications of passcodes within the same account  and you may not have two  master passcards that have the same passcode     4 16 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Deleting a Passcard    You may delete a passcard by selecting the passcard on Screen 46  P asscard U pdate  and typing  DEL at the command line  ThemessageCON FIRM   is displayed  Enter Y if yo
59. 1   Processing Options   you may now enter Y in the BLINK WHOLE LINE ON SCR 14 field in Screen 101 to  determine if you want the whole line of information to blink  If you enter N  then only the  account name will blink in Screen 14     This feature is helpful if you are using color terminals because the blink feature actually displays  the information in a specific color  the information does not blink   If you enter Y in this field   then the whole line will display in the same color  If you enter N   then just the account name will  display in the specified color     The Following Options Have Also Been Added    SHORT PASSCARD SCREEN  Y N    You now have the option of displaying Screen 46  Passcard U pdate  in different formats  If you  enter Y  then Screen 46 will display in the short format  which allows you to enter a list of  passcards  specifying only the most critical fields  for an account  If you enter N  then Screen 46    will display in the long format  which allows you to enter detailed information for one passcard  at atime  Refer to the following samples for the differences between the two screen formats     3 12 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Short Format    CS        iL  2  3  4  5  6  H  8  9  0  al  2  3  4  5          H    Account Passcard Maintenance    111 2222    BRENDA SAKO  TESSY SAKO    C     Q ue   S ave  M ore  N ext     Long Format    MAS    CS    Passcard Update      111 2222  S   SAKO  MARK AND BRENDA M M  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD 
60. 1 and 4622 respectively     2  Create templates for the cover pages that will normally accompany the faxes you send using  Screen 125  Fax Cover PageD efinitions  and Screen 125A  Fax Cover Page D etail Format        3  Assign a default cover page to each event code used to request that a fax be sent  On Screen  51  Event Code U pdate  a default cover page may be assigned to an event code in the WAIT  EVENT CODE field     This step is optional  When a fax is requested and it has not been assigned a default cover  page  cover page 1 will be used as the default    Automatic Faxing   You may choose to send a fax automatically whenever an event  such as a fire or burglar alarm is    received  i e  processed by the autologger   For these events  the person to be faxed as well as the  fax cover page to be sent are defined on Screen 51     xxviii Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 125 Fax Cover Page Definitions    This screen is used to define up to 20 cover page templates and to determine how faxes associated  with each cover page template will be processed by the CS system     FAX Cover Page Definitions CSS ONS   Sent OK CD Not Sent CD Auto Send  Retrys Confirm Req  Late Confirm CD  3851 3852 2  3851 3852 2   3851 3852 2 4930   3851 3852 2 4930    i  2  3  4  5  6  7  8    t Dttetailr ot Stave       Fields  SENT OK CD    The event code that will be logged to a fax recipient s account whenever a fax is successfully sent   NOT SENT CD    The
61. 13  Setting Up Fallback Locations  5 12  False Dispatch Tracking Report  6 20  New Fields  6 20  Fax Cover Page Definitions  8 xxix  Fax Cover Page Detail Format  8 xxxi  Fax Cover Page Entry Window   amp xlv  Fax Interface Feature  8 xxvii    Fax Cover Page Entry Window  8 xlv  Fax Interface System Administration  8   xlviii  Fax Passcard Selection Window  8 xliv  Fax Server Checked Automatically  5 9  Faxing From Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  8   xlii  Faxing Real Time Changes to Installers  4   1  Faxing Reports  6 4  8 xliii  Preparing your System for Faxing  8 xxviii  Requirements for Faxing  8 xxvii  Screen 125  Fax Cover Page Definitions  8   XxiX  Screen 125A   Fax Cover Page Detail  Format  8 xxxi  Screen 46  Passcard Update  8 xxxvi  Screen 47  Dispatching Instructions  8   xxxviii  Screen 51  Event Code Update  8 xxxiii  Sending a Fax  8 xl  Set up Information for Fax  Machines  Modems  8 xxxv  Fax Passcard Selection Window  8 xliv  Fax Real Time Changes to Installers  4 1  Fax Reports  8 xliii  Faxing  See Fax Interface Feature  Faxing Event Codes  8 xxxiii  Faxing Passcards  8 xxxvi  File Status Report  7 8  File Update Log Printout  6 13  Follow up Events  5 10  Clearing Follow up Events  5 11  Creating Follow up Events for Out of   Service A ccounts  5 18  Creating Multiple Follow up Events  5 10  Logging Expiration Date and Comment  for Follow up Events  5 23  Rescheduling Follow up Events  5 11  Viewing Multiple Follow up Events  5 11  Follow up Inquiry  5 26  Fu
62. 15  5 21  Permit Update  4 23  Permit  Agency Renumber  7 34  Phone Cross Reference  5 14  Search for Accounts  5 14  Place Accounts On Test  5 1  5 4  Primary Dispatch Instructions  4 20  Creating Temporary Dispatch  Instructions  4 22  Customizing Permanent Dispatch Pages   4 20  Editing Dispatch Instructions  4 3  Print Only Report Totals  6 1  Print Passcards  See Passcard Print  Processing Options  3 8  Allowing Simultaneous On  Test  Runaway  3 10  5 18  Blinking Alarms on Screen 14  3 12  Disallowing Last User Sign off  3 11  Logging Data Changes to History  3 8  Logging Events for Invalid Passcards  3 9  New Fields  3 8  3 12  Processing Excessive Signals  3 11  Restoring Zones Using VRTII  3 10  Suppressing and Clearing Alarms  3 10  5   19  Viewing the Alarm Buffer Screens  3 9  Viewing the Coverage Minutes Message    3 11  Prompt if Data N ot Saved  4 2  Purge Event Activity  7 10  Purge Events  7 9  7 10  Purge Expired Temporaries and Irregulars   7 2  Purge  Archive Event History  7 10     Q     Quick Purge for Event Activity  7 9     R     Receiver Concentrator  See MAS  Concentrator Port Setup  Receiver Definition Update 8 4  Receiver  Redundancy Options  8 1  New Fields  8 1  Receivers  Redundancy  8 1  Abort Processing  8 1    Increased Number of Receiver Records  8   1  Screen 31  Background Task Status  Monitor  8 1  Screen 901  Receiver  Redundancy  Options  8 1  Screen 902  Switch System Status  8 3  Screen 931  Start Receivers  Startlog   8 3  Screen 952
63. 2 will make with the Web  server  Enter Y to indicate that B32 will be directly connected to aSybase or Oracle server  Enter  T to indicate that B32 will connect to an NT server using TCP IP  Enter N to indicate that B32  will not be connecting to a webserver     Fields 2 through 6 will only be used if B32 is connecting directly to the Sybase or Oracle server   These will be set by representatives at MAS     Fields 7 and 8 will only be used if B32 is connecting to an NT server using TCP  IP  Again  these  will be set by a MAS representative     Fields 9 through 47 allow you to specify installer ranges that will determine which accounts will  be downloaded to the webserver     At the command line you may enter a number to modify a specific field  You may enter S to save  the parameters as they are currently displayed  Or you may enter D to go to Screen 335A    W ebserver D ownload  to specify the type of information that you want to download to the  webserver     7 32 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 335A   Webserver D ownload  allows you to specify the type of information that you want to  dowload to the webserver  It also allows you to send account data for specific installer ranges   which can serve as subsets to the installer ranges specified on Screen 335     Webserver Download CS 330A    Agencies  Installers  Locations  Other Files  Account History Start 01 01 68 Through 09 18 00  Account Data  Installer Ranges   Start Through Start Through  S
64. 428 555 3428 Zdisp Pgl Ln 3    001 7389 1002 555 1002 Passcd Seq  5 Phl    002 4389 1783 55571783 Oflo Pg 1 Ln 5       7 18 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    In general the Phone N umber Exception list should be blank  unless you are attempting to insert  digits into a telephone number that cannot accommodate the additional digits  For example  if  you attempt to insert an area code into a phone number at the end of a line of dispatch  instructions or overflow information  a Phone Number Exception Report similar to the following  would be displayed     Sample Monitoring Co   Phone Number Edit Exceptions    CSNumber Old Phone Number New Phone Number Source    001 0337 800 555 0560 Oflo Pgl Ln 7  Steve Hansen Pager 800 555 0560    001 5632 A    A     800 555 3481 Zdisp Pol Ln 7  John Moody   s Pager 555 John Moody   s Pager 800 555 3481       Screen 171 CS Line Assignment Format    The VARIABLE DIGIT START and VARIABLE DIGIT END fields now accept a maximum entry of 10   Previously  this entry was limited to 9     For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 50 through 9 51 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 19    Screen 172 CS Number Assignment    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 52 through 9 54 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Whenever an account is assigned or de assigned  the account s new status will immediately be    displayed     When you assi
65. 5     To specify the days of the week  you will use the same codes that you enter in the N ote fields  in Screen 46  Passcard U pdate when you specify when a passcard holder can be reached  You  will use the military time format to specify the times the dispatch page is effective  Refer to  Section 4  Setting U p Subscriber Accounts  for more information     2  You will now need to indicate which dispatch page should be used when the first dispatch  page is not effective  On any one of the lines in the Dispatch Text you will enter the  CO NT  to specify the next dispatch page that should display     For example  if you want page 10 to be the next in line  enter  CONT 10  Do not point the    dispatch page back to the page from which it came  For example  if you have specified page  15 to point to page 10  do not make page 10 point back to page 15     4 20 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    3  You may repeat the first two steps to continue creating as many zone dispatch pages as you  need  One the last dispatch page  do not enter an  DTE string because this dispatch page  will become your default zone dispatch page if none of the others are currently effective   Refer to the following figure     Primary Dispatch Information    700 SANDERS  BONNIE  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD  15 Dispatch Text  3 PERMANENT Date  5 FIRE DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS  Thru  CALL PREMISE  DISPATCH FD    The DTE string CALL CONTACTS  USE PHONE  2  indicates when this  CALL P FD L1  dispatch pag
66. 5    Service Status    N ext or  DELETE        5  Inthecs field  enter the CS account number of the account you want to delete     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 3    Note    You may only choose a primary CS account for deletion  If you enter a secondary CS account  number  the following message is displayed     Flag Deletion by Primary Account Only    To determine the primary account associated with a secondary account  use Screen 42  Account  U pdate     To delete a secondary account without deleting the primary account  use Screen 42  Access the  primary and secondary account on Screen 42  Enter SA at the command line  Press the SPACE  BAR to delete the account number shown in the  s  field  Move the cursor to the command line  and savethe change  The information for the primary account is still saved  but the secondary  account number is removed        6  IntheTERM DATE field  enter the first date the account is eligible to be deleted  Accounts are  deleted using Screen 115  Account M aster File and Activity D deletion     7  Atthecommand line  type DELETE and press Enter  The following message is displayed     This designates all associated activity information and history of this account to be deleted   Enter    CONFIRM    to confirm  or  lt Enter gt  to skip     8  Atthecommand line  type CONFIRM and press Enter    9  Themessage ACCOUNT DELETED is displayed at the command line  In addition  the  account is immediately assigned a new    deleted acc
67. 5 15  Partially Clearing and Automatically  Resuming Alarms  5 20  Placing Zones on Runaway  5 17  Rescheduling Restorals  5 19  Setting Up ATI Tests  5 17  Status Change Warning for Subaccounts   5 19  Suppressing and Clearing Alarms  5 19  Viewing Alarms as Underlined or Reverse  Video  5 19    Alarm Occurrence Recap Report  6 15  Alarm Status Monitor  5 26  Alpha Page Company M aintenance  8 xxiii  Alpha Paging Feature   amp  i  Alphanumeric Pager Messages Window   8 xix  Page Passcard Selection Window  8 xviii  Paging from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  8   xvi  Paging from Screen 502  Service  Guard  Dispatch  8 xvi  Paging Test Results  8 xxi  Preparing your System for Paging   amp  ii  Requirements for Paging   amp  i  Screen 126  Page M essage Definitions  GI  Screen 126A  Page Message Detail Format   Sv  Screen 127  Alpha Page Company  Maintenance  8 xxiii  Screen 46  Passcard Update  8 xi  Screen 47  Primary Dispatch Information   Bail  Screen 51  Event Code Update   amp viii  Sending a Page M essage  8 xv  Setting up Information for Pagers  8 x  Alphanumeric Pager Messages Window  8   xix  Alternate Reporting Codes for Events  6 1  And  Or Logic  6 1  Area Code  Autodial  Table  7 2  Area Code Change  7 16  Assign Dispatch Permts to Accounts  4 9  Autoskip Definition Entry for Screen 42  7 1    B32 to MASterMind Network Definition  7   31  B32 to Webserver Network Definition  7 32  Background Task Status Monitor  8 1  Blanket Full Clear  7 13  New Fields  7 13  Blink an
68. 7 Appendix B The Fax Inteface Feature xliii    Fax Passcard Selection Window    This window provides a list of fax machines  modems from which you can select when faxing a  report     FAX Passcard Selection Window  Passcard FAX Phone   L Expire    DEE OLSEN  FAX MACHINE TAIZ  855 1200  NATIONAL ALARM CO  TIA  Soa TIRSO    Lippy Dae eM ore  Previous  voile  oreo ale       Commands       To select the fax machine  modem to which you want to fax a report  enter the number that  corresponds to the fax machine  modem at the command line     D   To call the fax machine  modem to which you want to fax a report  enter D immediately followed  by the number that corresponds to the fax machine  modem at the command line     Q    To exit the Fax Passcard Selection Window without selecting a fax machine  modem  enter Q     xliv Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Fax Cover Page Entry Window    This window may be used to select and enter information on the cover page to be faxed with a  report     FAX Cover Page Entry Window  1 Report Type  Alarm N otify  A ctivity  D ata  T est Res   N  Passcard  FAX CONERO Oe One  PAX He FL4s5 551200  Cover Code  1  Attention  DEE OLSEN   S FAX  Subject  Alarm Notification on Account  001 012  Comments     Confirm   NM       im VEO  Cre Gert       Fields   REPORT TYPE   The type of report you wish to fax  Alarm Notification  Activity Report  D atabase Printout  and  Test Results  If the selected account is not on test  yo
69. 7 Appendix B The Fax Inteface Feature xlvii    Fax Interface System Administration    To perform system administration functions for the Fax Interface feature  you must access the  VSI FA X software application  At the command line of the CS M ain Menu  type FAX and press  ENTER  The Fx Menu will be displayed     FxMenu  MAIN MENU    Send Faxes  Received Fax Administration  Fax History    Administration    Operating System  Quit       Refer to your V SI FAX User s Guide for information on how to perform these functions     xlviii Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Index     2   2 Way Voice Xref Table  8 7     A     Account Assignment Status Report  6 16  New Fields  6 16  Account Copy  4 23  New Fields  4 23  Account Data Entry  4 1  Account Data Security  4 5  Assigning Dispatching Permits to  Accounts  4 9  Blinking and Underlining Text  4 3  Copying Account Information  4 2  Editing Dispatch Instructions and  Overflow Pages  4 3  Entering Comments  4 5  Faxing Real Time Changes to Installers  4   1  Logging Changes to History  4 9  Passcard Lookup Window  4 18  Prompt if Datais Not Saved  4 2  Retaining Passcards Between Screens  4 9  Screen 242  Account Copy  4 23  Screen 41  Site Sub Account Maintenance   4 9  Screen 42  Account Update  4 10  Screen 43  Zone Event Code Update  4 14  Screen 44  Permanent Schedule  Maintenance  4 15  Screen 44A  Holiday List Update  4 15  Screen 45  Mail To Address Update  4 15  Screen 46  Passcard Update 
70. Activity Report     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 15    NO VRT ACCESS FOR ARMED ACCOUNTS    This field has been added so that you can prevent VRT access to accounts that have been armed   The only accounts affected by this option are those accounts with a schedule  schedule  1 in  Screen 44  Schedule U pdate   and according to that schedule  the site is closed  which means the  account is armed   If Y is entered in this field  then there will be no VRT access allowed to the  accounts that are currently armed     WO NUM FIELD HEADER    Enter the name that you would like to use to identify the work order number field  This name  will be used throughout the entire system  wherever work order numbers are displayed or  printed  This field name will also be used on screens where you specify a range of work orders to  be included on reports     TIMEOUT AFTER AUTOFEED SECS     When you are using the A utofeed option for dispatch operators  as determined by Screen 64  U ser  Location Profile U pdate   this field allows you to set up a number of seconds that the system will  wait for a dispatch operator to respond to the alarm  If the dispatch operator does not execute  any keystroke within the specified number of seconds  then event code 4075  Autofeed w  No  Action  will be logged to the Event History for the SYSADMIN account  The CS number of the  account that is in alarm but was not responded to by the dispatch operator will display in the  PAS  COM field in Screen 7 
71. Central Station  5 50 67 Global Features 2 1    Multiple Sets of Functions Keys    On screen 104  Function Key Assignment U pdate  you can assign an event code to each function key   This task creates a    set    of event codes for a    set    of function keys  You may now create up to  sets of function keys  with each set containing different event code assignments     You will use Screen 64  U ser Location Profile U pdate  to assign one function key set to each user   Additional information is provided for Screens 64 and 104 in Chapter 2  System Setup  of this  manual     For information on setting up user profiles and function key sets  refer to pages 3 31 through 3 34  and 7 52  respectively  in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Operator Messaging    A new feature has been added to the Account Data Entry screens  Screens 42 49  and to the  Dispatching screens  Screens 2 8  that allows you to send a message to another user     To use this feature  you must set the ALLOW OPERATOR MESSAGING  Y  N  field to Y in Screen 101   Processing Options     The Send An Operator Message window is used in conjunction with this feature  This window  may be accessed in two ways     e When you access an account that is currently being used by another user  the window will  automatically display  The operator who is currently using the account is selected as the  person to whom the message is sent     e A user may also access the window by logging event code 4183 on Screen 2  Alarm
72. DEF 2  Inst  7 Map Loc Adr Key  Carey  8 PD Code CSRS  State 9 FD Code TELCO Ln   Zip 10 U  DEF 1 Account Type     or  GO  to Begin Printing GOFAX       From selected report screens you may request using the following steps     1  Select the installer or range of installers you wish to include on the report  Recall that if you  are batch faxing  you must sort the report by installer  A fax will be sent to each installer  included in the specified range of installers     2  Select the account or range of accounts you wish to include on the report    3  Enter GOF at thecommand line    When a user requests to fax a report  the Fax Passcard Selection Window will be displayed where  the user may select the fax machine  modem to which the report is to be sent  However  if you  are batch faxing  the fax number that is used for each installer receiving the fax is determined by    the fax passcard set up for each installer  The Fax Cover Page Entry Window will then be  displayed where the user may select the cover page to be sent with the report     Note    The maximum number of pages that may be faxed to a single account  installer  or enployee is 25   If you create a report which would result in a fax of more than 25 pages being sent of a single    account  installer or employee  the message T 00 M any Pages is displayed and the fax will not be  sent  If you are batch faxing  then you may send a maximum of 25 pages of information to each  installer        MAS Central Station  5 50 6
73. EE 2 2  InstaleeN umba ee A EE ENEE EE EN 2 3  Passcard VS  n l G2 aan aids e enge 2 3  MOW ADD WW ITI e CT duaead taaeaeeaaaaneads 2 4    Chapier 3   System Setup    Screen 11 Common Overflow Maintenance  31  Screen 51 Event Code Update    ue 3 2  Screen 52 leede EEN 3 4  Screen 54 Installer lee EC 35  Screen 55 CRT Default Setup EEN 35  Screen 58 Passcard ECHTEN 3 6  Screen 61 CS Location Profile Update    3 6  Screen 64 User Location Profile Update    AEN 3 7  Screen 67 VRT Action Event Code Entry  View EE 37  Screen 101 Processing Option  3 8  Screen 102 Reporting Code Description File  3 18  Screen 103 Reporting Period Update    AEN 3 18  Screen 104 Function Key Assignment Update    AEN 3 18  Screen 110 On Test Category File Maintenance  AEN 3 19  Screen 182 Residential Type Definition AEN 3 19  Screen 183 Residential Account Tee  AEN 3 20  Screen 184 Operator Default M essage M armtenance ENEE 3 21  Screen 223    Location TMG 7s ws sheen eae en ae eee ee a a han iania 3 22  Screen 244 User Profile Marmtemance  EEN 3 22    Chapter 4   Account Data Entry    Faxing Real Time Data Changes to lnstalers EEN 41  Copying Account Information ENEE 4 2  Prompt if Data  N Ot SAV RE 4 2  Blinking and Underlined Text    ENEE 4 3  Editing Dispatch Instructions and OverflOW EE 4 3  Entering  Comments EE 4 5  Account  Data Security seins acl ee aie de a agains 4 5    MAS Central Station  5 50 67       Sch  d  led A larmi PrOcesSSiINg EEN 4 6    Assigning Agency Dispatching Permits to an
74. ELETION  YOU SHOULD HAVE ALL THE ACCOUNT DETAIL PRINTOUT FOR  ARCHIVAL STORAGE  A DELETION LOG REPORT WILL BE PRODUCED BY THIS  PROGRAM  FILE IT WITH YOUR AUTHORIZED DELETION REPORT    ENTER  DELETE ALL  TO PROCEED    Type DELETE ALL to delete the accounts selected for deletion  Press any other key to abort the  deletion process     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 7    If an error occurs during the printout of accounts that will be deleted  you will now get the  following message     AN ERROR HAS OCCURRED IN THE PRINTOUT   IF YOU PROCEED  ACCOUNTS THAT   WERE NOT PRINTED WILL STILL BE DELETED   PROCEED   A   BORT  R ETRY  P   ROCEED     You may enter A to abort the deletion process  you may enter R to attempt the printout again  or  you may enter P to continue deleting the accounts despite the error in the printout     Note    Account deletion transactions are logged to the Event History for the SYSADMIN account  If the    SYSADMIN account does not exist  then the deletion transactions are logged to the UNKNOWN  account  however  you will not know which accounts were deleted        Screen 116 File Status Report   This report now includes the date and time the report was printed  system date and time   as well  as the system for which the report was printed  System A or System B     This program is now available for IBM SuperDOS based systems    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 11 through 9 12 in the Central Station  Instruction M anua
75. ERROR FILE  Y  N   Enter Y if you want to add to an existing error file that was created from a previous data transfer     or enter N if you want to create a new error file when the data is transferred  If you enter N  any  existing errors will be deleted     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 35    ABORT PROCESSING ON FIRST ERROR  Y N   Enter Y to abort the data transfer process when the first error occurs  No additional data will be  transferred  Enter N to continue processing the data transfer even if an error occurs   STARTING SEQUENCE   Enter the transaction number with which the data transfer will begin  If you leave this field  blank  the first sequence number will be 1   SKIP PREVIOUSLY PROCESSED RECORDS  Y  N   If there are records in the data transfer that have already been processed  they will be marked  with    DONE     If you enter Y in this field  then those    DONE    records will not be processed  If  you enter N  then those    DONE    records will be processed a second time      N EXT  V IEW ERROR FILE  OR  GO  TO BEGIN  You may enter the line number you want to modify  or you may enter N to move to the first field   You may also enter V to view the error file  or enter GO to being processing the data transfer   When running this utility  you may receive one of the following error messages which  discontinue this process    TRX HEADER HASNO LENGTH   INVALID BYTES TO FOLLOW   INVALID RECORD TERMINATOR   BAD TRX SEQUENCE NUMBER    These error 
76. FY  field for the Late Close Window so that the system will verify whether the expected  restoral event is late  Recall that if the restoral is late  the late event code assigned to the  closing event code will be logged     10  You will now set up the days and times that the schedule is effective  This feature is donein  the same manner as a standard schedule     Assigning the Schedule to the Zones  11  You must return to Screen 43 and assign the schedule number to both the opening event and  the restoral event  This is done by entering the schedule number in thesc field for those two    zones     When you have set up your zones and schedule  they should look like the following example     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 7    Zone     Event Code Update Page   Cs  F1 3994 BIG  LINDYS FOODS AND PERISHABLES    Zone Code Event Description    Zpg Sc R  RN S  RR Trps Comment   100 845 LOW BATTERY LOW BATTERY SVC CALL  200 3019 ARMED SYSTEM ARMED   250 3020 UNARMED SYSTEM UNARMED   REF 7152 REFRIGERATOR OPEN REFRIGERATOR OPEN  RREF 2004 RESTORE  4 RESTORE FRIDGE DOOR    OoOAANDUOHPWNHE    S ave  P rev  N ext  M ore  D isp  ZD isp  G en  DEL ete  C lr   E   L ast page  F ind lt zone gt   or CW indow    Permanent Schedule Maintenance cs 044 If the restoral event  CS   F1 3994 1  Sched  91 2  OCd 7152 REFRIGERATOR OPEN a  bx is late  the late event  LINDY    S FOODS AND PERISHABLES 4  CCd 690 REFRIGERATOR CLOSE ey lly Wf that is assigned to  24123 ALLENTOWN ROAD Open
77. False Dispatch Format    Sample Monitoring Company  False Dispatch Report  283     All Agencies 1 to 100 Permit Types 1 to 40 Inst 1 to 999999  CS  First to Last    Fire Agency   1 FD Cerritos Fire Dept 310 555 2    Typ Eff  Exp Dt  Comment    1 01 96 1 01 97 Los Al Race  1 01 96 1 01 97 Burger Land  1 01 96 1 01 97 Mike Striegl          Agency Format    Sample Monitoring Company  Agency Permit Report  283     All Agencies 1 to 100 Permit Types 1 to 40 Inst 1 to 999999  CS  First to Last    001 1001 Los Al Race Trac 4961 Katella Ave Cerritos 93320  001 1389 Burger Land 1800 E  Chapman Cerritos 93320  001 2393 Mike Striegl 5638 Ball Rd  Cerritos 93320       The subscriber   s ALT 1D will be printed on the report  An alternate ID may be assigned to each  account on Screen 42  Account U pdate     The report will include the complete permit comment  30 characters      Screen 286 Special Alarm Printout By Resolution Code Range s     For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 71 through 8 72 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The STARTING LOCATION and ENDING LOCATION fields have been added so that you can specify a  range of locations that will determine which alarms are included on the report     The START WO NUM and END wo NUM fields have been added so that you can specify a range of  work orders to determine which accounts are included on the report  If you are using the option  in Screen 101  Processing Options  that allows the user to customize the name 
78. GLOBAL ZONES     100   100   Fi   FL  CS  ACCOUNT ZONES  ERC DOUG AND CAROL SMITH 10  06 2300 JEFFY   S SALON AND NAILS 15  09 9992 AKIRA JAPANESE CUISINE 11  TOTAL   OF ACCOUNTS ON THIS REPORT 3    END OF REPORT    Screen 243 CS Zone Change   This program now check for the possibility of duplicate zones that may be assigned before  changing the zones on the account  If there are duplicate zones that would be created  those  zones are now printed on an exception report generated by this program  and the account that  would be effected is not changed    Screen 244 User Profile Maintenance    Users with a security access level of 4  trainee  or 6  subscriber  are only allowed view access to  this screen     7 24 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 263 Setup Accounts Without Expected Events  This screen has been added so that you may set up expected events for a group of accounts     Setup Accounts Without Expected Events CSS OZiGe  Starting Enst   Ending Inst   999999999    Starting CS     FIRST  Ending CS     LAST    5 Wea  E Aon Wap Sse  S ched  E verything   E    Chk GRD Schedules   Y  Setup if Late   N      Set Up as of Date  MMDDYY    04 16 98  Set Up as of Time  HHMM    11 13      Log Event on Setup   N      r Eer       Fields    STARTING INST  ENDING INST   Select a range of installers to determine which accounts have their  expected events set up using this screen     STARTING CS   ENDING CS   Select a range of accounts to determine which ones h
79. ITE   IF NO ANSWER  NOTIFY CONTACTS      CALL FD P APAG    Permit        E dit   PR mit  Z ones  D ispatch  G eneral   DTE  C opy  N ext  M ore  P revious  S ave  or DEL ete       Fields   You may define a call list on Lines 5 through 16 of any page of dispatching instructions    To build a call list    e Enter  CALL beginning in the first position of any line    e Enter one space    e Enter the codes that represent the contacts  agencies  installers  and pagers you want to  includein the call list  List the codes in the order you want them to appear on the call list     Each code must be separated with a comma     The codes that represent pagers are shown in Table 3  For a complete list of call list codes  refer to  your CS 5 50 User M anual     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xiii    Table 3  Call List Codes for Pagers    Account Pager    Requests that a page message be sent to the first pager on the selected account s  passcard list  Screen 46   Passcard order is based on the each passcard   s  passcode     Account Pager    Requests that a page message be sent to a specific pager on the selected account   s  passcard list  Screen 46     Example  APA G2 requests that a page message be sent to the pager with the  passcode PA G2 on the selected account   s passcard list     Installer Pager   Requests that a page message be sent to the first pager from the installer   s  passcard list  Screen 46   Passcard order is based on the each passcard   s
80. Level for BR Window 3  Blnkt Partial CL Code B 63 Dbase chg U pdtlog  H ist  B oth  Blnkt Full Clear Code  Buffer Scr Attributes  Flds 64 68  Example Alert Limit Reached Code 64 Blink Priority 1  Default Passcard Type  S M  65 Reverse Video Priority  Site Passcards Unique  Y N  66 Underline Priority 10    Display Long Pass cd Names  Y N  67 Normal Priority 20  The message Runaway will be lst 8 Passcards Callist on scn2 68 Dim Priority 255   Vrfy 3rd Party Passcard On CS 002 69 Log Event for Invalid Passcard  N    displayed on Screen 2  Alarm Display Line  On Screen 2 70 Allow Simultaneous On Test Runwy Y  7 Display O flow On Scr 2  Y N  71 VRT Clr Rest  Res  0 3981  Dispatch whenever more than 11 KEINOTULCODE on SELEENI    Alarm Clear Suppressed Pri  150  i H Max   Of Days On Test Alarm Clear Suppressed Min  1  signals are received for an E    Late Fax Confirmation Code 4930  ithi Log Call Dispositions  Y N  Late Page Confirmation Code 4933  account within one hour  Log Fl Prt Clr Dsp  F P B N  CS CallBack Ph  800 999 4343  Log Autodial Name Comment  Rep Codes for Signal Count ALL  Log Account Accessed on CS 002    of Hours for Signal Count  Trip req d zones on test   VRT  Max   of Signals to Count  Y No Header On All Events Excess Signals Message     P   age  S   ave or N   ext    Wi  wo  10  Wi    DG Gr Srdtoto  Grdrdrd SS       Blink Feature for the Whole Line in Screen 14    If you are using the display feature to blink alarms of a specific priority  field 64 on Screen 10
81. Min User Level  Description HOLDUP BANK DRIVEUP Disposition Type  Reporting Code A ALARMS Disposition Code  Response Code D OPERATOR ALWAYS Prompts  P C B N   Resp  Priority 20 Confirm Required   Event Class A VRT ClrTest  R N   Wait 0 1 Set 2 Clr  3 Eqres Agency Type  PFMT   4 Disarm  5 Arm  6 Delay Dual Custody  Y N   Wait Event Code 0 Screen 12 to S kip  Status Change O Opn  C Cls  A Alrm  T Trbl Ticket Type  R Rst  N Norm  X Outg  S Stay Global ZD Page A10  Dispatch Code Event Type HUBD  Alternate Desc  NOT USED  Zone Group HU  Can RPC S Use   Y N  MASlink Only ABM Status  False Dispatch  Y N  Spel Flags  Late Event Code  de eene OG  Wei Ones  VRT Type  1 99   Equivalent Code    Stave  or N ext       This screen is used for two purposes     e For the event codes used to make a fax request  this screen is used to assign a default fax  message to the event codes  4950 4954  used to make a request to send a fax   Refer to  Example 1      e For the event codes which will automatically send a message whenever the event is received   this screen is used to define the fax to whom the message will be sent as well as the fax cover  page that will be sent   Refer to Example 2      MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B TheFax Inteface Feature xxxiii    Fields  WAIT EVENT CODE    Enter the number of the default fax cover page that will be accompany faxes requested using the  event code  Recall that each cover page is assigned a number on Screen 125  Fax Cover Page  Definition     W
82. N       N ext  RF  AF  M ore  S ave       Processing Events Using the Fallback Location Feature    When an event is not accessed by an operator on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and has exceeded the  maximum time it may remain in the Alarm Queue  the event is re routed to the Fallback Location     On Screen 230  M ulti Location Alarm M onitor  the rerouted event will be displayed for the  Fallback Location  instead of its original location      Event code 47XX  Handoff to Location XX  is automatically logged to the account for which the  event was re routed   XX represents the location number of the Fallback Location      If Y is entered in the LOG FALLBACK REROUTE TO SYSADMIN field in Screen 101  Processing Options   an alarm is automatically generated for the SYSADMIN account   You must have the   SYSADMIN account set up on your system   The alarm is created using event code 3926  Route  to Fallback Location  It may be displayed on Screen 14  Alarm Queue  for all locations which have  access to the Fallback Location  Any regular location to which the Fallback Location has been  assigned may access and dispatch on the re routed alarm using Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 13    Screen 0 Main Menu    For redundant systems  the Main Menu will indicate whether the system is the    Monitoring    or     Backup    system  in the SYSTEM field in the lower left corner of the screen      Screen 1 Phone Cross Reference    This screen is used to search
83. NOWN account    When you run this utility  it will now havea uniform impact on your system  meaning that it will    run consistently until the utility is finished   The system will no longer    hang    during specific  phases of the event file repair      This utility will now continue to process events automatically event if the number of records to be  recovered is larger than the size of the recovery index  Typically  this index will hold 2 3 million  events  This improvement means that Screen 305 will recover all of the events in onerun  regardless of the size of the repair index     Screen 307 Zone Comment File Repair   This program must be run by MAS  Contact MAS for more information if you think you may  need this utility    You now have the choice to print a report of the comments to be repaired and then to repair the    comments or to print only a report of the comments to be repaired     For more information on this screen  refer to page C 7 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Screen 310 Miscellaneous Index Repairs   This screen is used to repair portions of the account database  If you use the MAS Service  System  options 13 through 25 may be used to repair index files commonly used in the Service  System  Use these repair options only when directed by MAS support staff     For more information on this screen  refer to page C 10 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Screen 331 Redundancy Status Screen   For more information on this screen  refer
84. NT SEQ   The sequence number that will be assigned to the next account that is deleted  If you are using X   site redundancy  MAS recommends that the values in this field on the local systen and on the    foreign system havea difference of at least one million  For example  if the current value was  1000 on the local system  then the current value on the foreign system should be 1001000     ADVANCED CUSTOMER ONTEST CATEGORY    This field is currently not used     AUTO FAX ONLY BETWEEN 8AM AND 5PM    Enter Y to limit the automatic sending of faxes so that they are only sent between the hours of  8 00 am and 5 00pm  Enter N to allow faxes to be automatically sent at any time     Screen 902 Switch System Status    The name of this program has been changed     When you switch from one system to another using this screen  the CS system will  remember   the time that the switch occurred  This switch time will be used on the opposite system to reset  the time from which receiver warning times are calculated  This allows the receivers on the  opposite system to be cleared from  Warning Time Expired  status immediately upon a switch   instead of being cleared only after the first signal is received on that system     The OPPOSITE SYSTEM DOWN field has been added so that you can specify whether one of the  machines of a redundant system is down  If you specify Y  then MASlink can still continue  processing data changes and event history from the current system  it does not have to wait
85. OCATED  7 MILES DOWN  Autolog Repeating Trips 3 Minutes Y GRADE ROAD  DRIVEWAY IS DIRT  Resume Alarm Priority 1 Oi        Wome tte Page  ZONE    KKKK       SMOKE DET UPSTRS HL 15    Operator Action Window  Event Code 4609 PART CLR W AUTO RES  PasCom  Comments    Confirm   Y N Y       In the new RESUME ALARM PRIORITY field you will specify the priority the alarm should resume if  no other alarm signals with a higher priority come in during the time specified in the AUTOLOG  REPEATING TRIPS field  If no other alarm signals come in  then the system will log the late event  code assigned to event 4609  This late event is event code 4608  Resume Alarm  and the alarm  will assume the specified priority     If another alarm with a higher priority comes in during the waiting period  the late event will not  be logged to the Event History  and the alarm will not resume at the specified priority  Instead   the account will assume the priority of the new alarm     Screen3 Zone   Event Code View   For more information  refer to 5 45 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   Three commands have been added to this screen    L AST PAGE    For an account with more than one page of zones  enter L at the command line to display the     last    page of zones     F   IND lt ZONE gt     For an account with more than one page of zones  enter F followed by a zone to display the zone  page on which the zone is located     VT EST  To view alist of test that are currently running or scheduled to ta
86. S account number to an existing CS account  Renaming an  account does not affect the account s event history     When an account is renamed  event code 4941  Account Rename  is automatically logged to  Event History  Screen 7  for the new account  The account   s previous account number is  displayed in the Ppass  com field for this event     In the sample below CS  12 0124 was renamed to CS  001 0002     Event History Display    CS   001 0002 STERLING  JAMES MR  Dispatch Code   3549 ASH LANE AS Ors 090799 12359  Zn   Daten Lo kimen rans ACCt Op  Code Descr Pass Com  C0795 12259217 AND 4941 ACCOUNT RENAME 12 0124       An account may not be renamed to account number 0  and may not be renamed if it has a  pending follow up event     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 13    If an account has been marked for deletion  it   s preceded by a tilde    it cannot be renamed using  this utility  If you want to rename one of these accounts  you must first    undelete    the account  using Screen 114  Account D eletion Request  Once the account is no longer marked for deletion  it  may be renamed     Screen 146 Passcard Print    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 4 39 through 4 42 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If you are using the option to have the system to format the data entry of account names to LAST    NAME  FIRST NAME TITLE in Screen 42  Account Update then this screen will adjust that format  to TITLE FIRST NAME LAST NAME when 
87. SCHEDULES  Y  N  field has been added so that you can determine whether  you want to include on the report only those accounts that have been assigned schedules     Screen 24 Supervised Account Mail Out Report   For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 7 through 8 11 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual    The following new fields and options have been added to this screen    SORT BY MAIL TO   This option allows you to print a report where all third party mail out names and addresses for a  CS account are listed together  Third party mail out names and addresses may be set up for each  CS account on Screen 45  M ail to Address U pdate    START TIME and THROUGH TIME   These options allow you to include events on the report which occurred during a specific range of  hours    INCLUDE SCHEDULES   When you enter Y in this field  the PRINT TEMPORARY SCHEDULES field displays at the bottom of  the screen  You may use this field to determine whether you want to include temporary  schedules on the report     INCLUDE EVENT CLASSES    Y indicates that you want to include the event class for each event listed on the report  N  indicates that you do not want to include the event class for each event     6 2 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    INCLUDE EVENT CODES   Y indicates that you want to include the event code for each event listed on the report in addition  to a description of the event  N indicates that you do not want to include the event code for each  ev
88. SP Monitoring Automation Systems       Central Station    Supplemental Manual       For Version 5 50 67    Monitoring Automation Systems  101 Academy  Suite 100  Irvine CA 92612   U S A     Central Station Supplemental M anual  Version 5 50 67  September 2000    Copyright    2000 M onitoring Automation Systems  All Rights Reserved    NOTICE    Monitoring Automation Systems  MAS  reserves the right to make improvements or changes  to the product described in this document at any time and without notice  Information in this  document is subject to change without notice  Companies  names  and data used in examples  herein are ficticious unless otherwise noted  In no event shall MAS be held liable for any  incidental  indirect  special  or consequential damages arising out of or related to this  document or the information contained herein     The information contained in this document is the property of MAS  No part of this  document may be reproduced  stored in any retrieval system  or transmitted in any form or by  any means  electronical or mechanical  for any purpose  without the express written  permission of Monitoring Automation Systems        Contents    Chapter 1   Introduction    Chapter 2   Global Features    MA e alte Mia nt e E 2 1  Main  Menu entsat Sern ie Se es ee ea A et 2 1  Unlimited    Zone Comments assis i vate al festa ta a tes ee ue E ere  dae tad 2 1  Iaa genco NUSE E E E A E A A E E A E AE 2 1  Multiple Sets of Functions Keys    2 2  Operator M OSSAGING 
89. Setup  which will be used to define those communication  parameters     MAS Concentrator Port Setup CS 954M    Receiver   alle RAD  Port   SE  Receiver Option    Leading Char s   Treat ling Charts     ACK Char  s   NAK Char  s        Comment    PC Sends Keep Alive  A Message   A Response   A Interval  Commands From Host  Command ACK s   Command NAK  s           P age  S ave  Or N ext       Fields  PORT      The receiver port number as defined on the concentrator PC     RECEIVER OPTION   A six character code used for special processing for specific types of receivers  YourMAS  representative will tell you if an entry is required for this field    LEADING CHAR S    The leading character s  of the message transmitted to and from the receiver  Refer to your  documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would be entered in this field     These characters can be separated by commas  For example  you might havea string of  characters that looks like this   lt LO gt   lt 13 gt      MAS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67 Receivers Redundancy 8 5    TRAILING CHAR S    The trailing character s  of the message transmitted to and from the receiver  Refer to your  documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would be entered in this field   These characters can be separated by commas  For example  you might havea string of  characters that looks like this   lt LO gt   lt 13 gt     ACK CHAR S    The character s  sent by the H ost that will acknowledge the me
90. Start CS  FIRST 4 Start Inst  2 End CS  LAST DO ENA  INSE 999999    Beginning Ending  Code Description Code Description    100 FIRE 100 FIRE       Or  GO  To Begin Printing       Fields   SORT  C   S  ORI   NST   Enter C to sort the report by the account   s Central Station number or enter I to sort the report by  the installer assigned to the account    START CSH END CS     Enter the range of Central Station numbers for which the report is to be printed     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 21    START INST  END INST    Enter the range of installer numbers for which the report is to be printed     BEGINNING CODE  DESCRIPTION    Enter the first event code which is assigned to the global dispatch page for which you are  searching  The corresponding description will display     EN DING CODE  DESCRIPTION    Enter the last event code which is assigned to the global dispatch page for which you are  searching  The corresponding description will display     ZPG    Enter the global dispatch page for which you are searching  You may enter a specific global  dispatch page  such as F1  or you may use an asterisk     to specify an entry that will search for a  range of global dispatch pages  For example  you may enter  1 and the system will search for all  global dispatch pages whose codes end with a 1  such as A1  B1  etc    Another example is that  you may enter A  and the system will search for all global dispatch pages that whose codes begin  with the letter A     
91. Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 13    Screen 261 CS Non Activity Report    For moreinformation on this screen  refer to page 8 54 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     The wildcard search characters of   and  may now be used in the THROUGH INSTALLER field     Column headings now print on this report     Screen 262 Report Accounts Without Expected Events    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 55 through 8 56 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The following fields and options have been added to this report    ATI  SCHEDULE  FOLLOW UP  EVERYTHING   Enter F if you wish to print a listing of accounts that  have follow up events but do not have the expected events that should clear the follow up events   CHK GUARD SCHEDULES is not currently used    The REPORT IF LATE field has been added so you may print late expected events along with the  expected events that are missing for an account     This report may now be batch faxed  For more information on this procedure  see the Appendix  B at the end of this manual     6 14 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 265 Alarm Occurrence Recap Report    This screen is used to generate a detailed event history report that tells you such things as the  type of alarm that was sent  e g  burglary or fire  and the grade of service  The grade of service   which is identified by the UL code entered for the account  determines the amount of time  allowed for a guard to be dispatched in response to an a
92. T PHONE    enter the number of digits contained in the phone numbers  you want to change  Do not count spaces  parentheses  or hyphens in the number of digits  The  example above shows that the phone numbers selected to be changed contain 10 digits  which is  the standard number of digits which make up U S  telephone numbers     In NEW FORMAT  enter the new area code and the format you want to assign to the selected  telephone numbers  The example shows that the area code    888    will be assigned to selected    7 16 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    phone numbers  and that the phone numbers will have the format  NNN NNN NNNN  where  the prefix and suffix are separated with a hyphen     Note    If you enter anumber of digits greater than 12  or create a format which contains more than 12    characters  such as  NNN  NNN NNNN  the telephone numbers on Screen 42 and Screen 46 will  not be searched or changed   The phone number fields on these screens hold a maximum of 12  characters         When you enter the new area code and format  the following message is displayed    Number s  in positions  lt variable gt  will be deleted   This indicates that the current area code will be replaced with the new area code you entered   In PRIMARY SELECTION  enter the positions occupied by the digits you want to change and the  current value of those digits  In the example above  10 digit telephone numbers having    800    as  the first three digits of the telephone numb
93. TE  OUT OF SERVICE DATE  EITHER   Enter I to select accounts based on the installation date  which is the start date entered on Screen  42  Account U pdate   The report will be sorted by installation date  Enter O to select the accounts  based on the out of service date listed on Screen 42  The report will be sorted by the out of   service date  Enter E to select accounts based on either the install date or the out of service date   The report will be sorted by install date    START OOS CODE  END OOS CODE   Enter the range of out of service codes that will be used to determine which accounts are selected  for this report  These fields are only used if you are selecting accounts based on the out of service  date assigned to the account    OUTPUT TO F ILE OR REPORT   Enter F to send the report to a text file named CS0201 0UT  If you want to save the contents of  this file  you must rename it  Each time you send a report to this output file  any pre existing  information is deleted  Enter R to send the report to a printer    INCLUDE ADDITIONAL FIELDS IN REPORT  Y N    Enter Y if you want the values for the UD F1 U D F2 Ph1 Ph2 PD Permit  1 fields for each account  included on the report  Enter N if you want to exclude these values from printing on the report   SKIP      ACCOUNTS  Y  N    Enter Y if want to include on the report those accounts that have been marked for deletion  also    referred to as tilde accounts since the  symbol precedes the account number  Enter N if want t
94. TOR CHAR  O NONE     The character that will indicate the end of thelinein the page  Entering a character in this field  will allow you to create variable message lines when creating a page  This feature is only  available if the pager has word wrapping capabilities  For example  if the pager has a 20   character limit per line and you enter line terminator in this fied  then rather than the text being  terminated at 20 characters  the text will wrap to the next line until it   s finished  Then theline  terminator will punctuate the line and the message will continue on the next line  Enter 0  zero  if  you are not using this feature        N   EXT  S AVE  DEL   ETE    Enter the number of the field you want to modify  Enter N to go to the PHONE  field where you  can enter another record  Enter S to save theinformation  Enter DEL to delete a specific record     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xxv    xxvi Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Appendix B   The Fax Interface Feature    Overview    This feature is not part of the standard CS product  It is an additional feature that must be  purchased from MAS     The Fax Interface feature is used to fax selected information to your subscribers  field technicians   and alarm dealers from the CS 5 50 system     This release notice covers the following topics     e Requirements for Using the Fax Interface Feature   e Preparing Your CS System for the Fax Interface Feature 
95. Type of Full Clear  Location    The report may be viewed on screen by typing more INCIDENT TXT at a b32 prompt     6 24 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 297 Disposition by Account Report  For moreinformation on this screen  refer to page 8 76 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     The OUTPUT TO FLAT FILE field has been added to this report  A flat fileis a text file that is created  by the CS system and can be retrieved into various software applications  i e  Excel      Enter Y to print the report to a flat file instead of a printer  Enter N to print the report to a printer     When you enter GO at the command line  the flat file will be generated or the report will be  printed to your printer  based on your selection     Screen 298 Operator Statistics Report    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 77 through 8 78 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The OUTPUT TO FLAT FILE field has been added to this report  A flat file is a text file that is created  by the CS system and can be retrieved into various software applications  i e  Excel   Enter Y to  print the report to a flat file instead of a printer  Enter N to print the report to a printer    When you enter GO at the command line  the flat file will be generated or the report will be  printed to your printer  based on your selection     The STARTING PRIORITY and ENDING PRIORITY fields have been added so that you can print the  report for a specific range of alarm priori
96. Within the window you may use the E command to edit a specific line of text without having to    retype the whole line  You will stay in the edit mode until you return the cursor to the command  line     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 17    Passcard Lookup Window    This lookup window now retrieves passcards 100 times faster  This feature is helpful if a large  number of passcards are assigned to an account     The user level assigned to a specific user will now determine if bel she can view the passcodes  that display in this window     If a passcard has expired  Y is displayed in the Ex field on the Passcard Window  If a passcard  has not expired  the Ex field on the Passcard Window is blank     The D   etail  command has been added to the Passcard Window which allows you to display  additional passcard information for one of the displayed passcards  To display detail  enter D  followed by the line number of the passcard for which you want to review detail  eg  D1   The  Passcard Lookup Detail Window is displayed  A sample Passcard Lookup Detail Window is  shown below     Passcard Lookup Detail    Sequence 10   Type  S M  sS   Passcode BLUE   Name GINA   Long Name JOHNSON  GINA  Relation WIFE   Phone 1 714 555 9123 x1234  Note 1 QM F   Phone 2 213 555 8123 x5678  Note 2  TU   Level  1 40  1 OPEN AT ANY TIME  Expires 08 31 92   User   Call Lists       4 18 Account Data Entry MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 46S Account Passcard Maintenance    This sc
97. You may also enter    and the system will search for all global dispatch pages that exist for the  selected accounts based on the specified event code s         OR  GO  TO BEGIN PRINTING    Enter the number of the field to be modified  or enter GO to begin printing the report  The  following is a sample report     Report Sample    04 10 97 PAGE 1  ALARM MONITORING COMPANY  GLOBAL ZD PAGE SEARCH  196  EVENT CODE RANGES GLOBAL ZONES   100   100   Fl    CS  ACCOUNT ZONES  Vila 1223 DOUG AND CAROL SMITH 10  06 2300 JEFFY    S SALON AND NAILS 15  09 9992 AKIRA JAPANESE CUISINE La  TOTAL   OF ACCOUNTS ON THIS REPORT 3    END OF REPORT    7 22 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 197 Global ZD Page Change    This new program is used change global dispatch page assignments for selected accounts based  on specified event code s   The system will change only those global dispatch page assignments  that match the specified criteria  A report will also be generated listing the accounts whose global  dispatch page assignments were changed     Global ZD Page Change ESS OM    1 Start Installer 2 End Installer 999999  3 Start CSF FIRST 4 End CS  LAST    Beginning Ending From  Code Description Code Description Zpg    5 100 FIRE 100 FIRE F1  9  S  17  Zale  25  29  33  Sy  41    cee Ee EG Ta Rear PEIN inves       Fields  START INSTALLER  END INSTALLER    Enter the range of installer numbers for which the report is to be printed     START CS   END CS     Enter the range 
98. able Windows  2 4   Multi Location Alarm Monitor  5 29   Multiple Follow up Events  3 4  5 10   Multiple Tests for a Single Account  5 4     0     On Test Category File Maintenance  3 19  N ew Fields  3 19   Operator Action Window  5 1   Operator Activity Report  6 22   Operator Default Message Maintenance  3   21   Operator Messaging  2 2  3 21   Operator Statistics Report  6 25  New Fields  6 25   Out Of Service  On Test Accounts Listing  6   20   Overflow Maintenance  4 22  New Commands  4 22     P     Page M essage Definitions  8 iii  Page M essage Detail Format  8 v  Page Passcard Selection Window  8 xviii  Paging  S   Alpha Paging Feature  Paging Event Codes   amp viii  Paging from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  8 xvi  Paging from Screen 502  Service  Guard  Dispatch  8 xvi  Paging Passcards  8 xi  Paging Test Results  8 xxi  Passcard Information Retained as You Move  Between Screens  5 9  Passcard Level Update  3 6  New Fields  3 6  Passcard Lookup Window  4 18  New Commands  4 18  Passcard Print  7 14  Passcard Printout  6 17  New Fields  6 17  Passcard Retained Between Screens  4 9  Passcard Update  4 16  Deleting Passcards  4 17  Dialing Additional Phone Numbers  5 7  Entering Additional Phone Numbers  4 17  Entering Passcard Instructions  4 17  Formatting and Validating Phone  Numbers  4 16  Generating A utomatic Passcodes  4 16    New Commands  4 17  Processing Options  4 16  Viewing Passcard Instructions  5 7  Passcard vs  PIC  2 3  Permanent Schedule M aintenance  4 
99. account that has an expected event set up  The date  time  and event code for  each expected event are recorded as part of the comment that is logged with event 4879     When you enter GO to set up the expected events for the specified range of accounts  a report  will be generated listing all of the accounts that had expected events set up by this utility  This  report may be batch faxed  For more information on faxing reports  see Appendix B at the end of  this manual     Screen 280 CS Account Database to Tape    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 9 through 9 10 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If an automatic timer interval  ATI  has been set up for a secondary account  the secondary ATI  will be included on the report    Screen 302 Expected Event File Repair   For more information on this screen  refer to page C 3 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   You will no longer need to use this screen on a daily basis  Instead  you ll use Screen 312     Expected Event D ata Time Index Repack     When directed by MAS  you may still need to use option 2  Data and Index Repair  in certain  situations  For example  you may need to use this option after a system crash     7 26 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 305 Event File Repair  Enhanced Version    For more information on this screen  refer to page C 6 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   This utility will no longer delete events that are posted to the UNK
100. aller  2 End Installer 999999    3 OOS Since Date 03 01 00    OCON To Process       MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 15    Screen 160 Area Code Change    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 31 through 9 40 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     This screen is used to insert or change digits within a selected group of telephone numbers  This  screen may also be used to apply a standard format to phone numbers  Generally  this screen is  used to change area codes in the event of an area code split     When changing an area code  this utility now applies that change to agency phone numbers in  addition to accounts  The default phone number format is now  44  7444  HHHE When specifying  the last four digits of the range of phone numbers to be affected by the change  you may now  specify a range from 0000 to 9999     This utility will search for and change telephone numbers on the following screens     e Screen 42 Account Update   e Screen46 Passcard Update   e Screen 47 Primary Dispatch Information  e Screen 48 Overflow Information Update  e Screen52 Agency Update    A sample screen is shown     Area Code Change CSO 160      of Digits for Current Phone  10 abcdefghij  New Format  888 def ghij   Number in Pos a b c Will be Deleted  Primary Selection abc 800  Starting CS   Ending CS  ZZZZZZZZZZ    For Phone Numbers in the Range of   Pos From To    Pos  555 555         R eport Only or  CHANGE   amp  Report       In  OF DIGITS FOR CURREN
101. ame and number from the AprR1 field      For example  if this option is used and you entered the address 3428 N  M ain Street  the Address  Key MAIN 3428 would be created  instead of NM AIN 3428      To activate this option  contact MAS     After Hours Timer Test    To set this feature up  you must enter the amount of time that you want to elapse between after   hours timer tests in the PECL field in Screen 42  Account Update  for the primary account  The  entry for this feature is formatted in the following way  AH T    where   is the number of  minutes that will elapse between timer tests   For example  entering AHT60 will set a 60 minute  interval for the timer tests that will occur after the site is closed     For more information on how this feature works  refer to the After Hours Timer Test feature in  Chapter 5  Dispatching  in this manual     4 12 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Command Line Options    If the account has additional mailing addresses  on Screen 45  M ail to Address   the M in the M   ail  command will flash     The SV   Acct command has been added so that you can access Screen 561  Service A ccount  U pdate V iew  and view service account information for the CS account you had displayed in  Screen 42     The E command has been added so that you can edit specific fields on this screen without  having to retype the whole entry  For example  if you wanted to change the area code for the first  phone number  you would enter E11  The cur
102. an when the account is initially placed on test  If a   page is sent  event code 3987  Page Test Start  will be logged to the service technician   s account   Enter N if you do not want to page the service technician when the account is initially placed on  test     PAGE TECH ON TEST EXPIRE     Enter Y to send a page to the service technician when the account is no longer on test  the test has  expired  If a page is sent  event code 3988  Page Test Expire  will be logged to the service  technician   s account  Enter N if you do not want to page the service technician when the account  is no longer on test     RESTORAL NEEDED MAX TIME    The field has been added so that you can specify the maximum amount of time  in minutes  that  the operator has to restore an alarm  For example  you may enter 30 minutes and the operators  would have a maximum of 30 minutes in which to log the restoral for the alarm     ADDN   L LOOKUPS FOR O  C ZN COMM     This field has been added so that you can determine if you want the system to do additional  lookups for zone comments  If a signal is received and the lookup for the open  close zone  comment initially fails  by entering Y in this field  you can force the system to perform additional  lookups to find the appropriate zone comments and display them on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch   and Screen 7  Event History Display  and print them on the reports generated from Screen 24   Supervised Account M ail Out Report  and Screen 222  D etailed Account 
103. ands Used to Request a Page from the Alarm Dispatch Screen     Command   Action   O    APAG Requests that a page message be sent to the first pager on the selected account   s  passcard list  Screen 46   Passcard order is based on the each passcard   s  passcode    APAG   Requests that a page message be sent to a specific pager on the selected account   s  passcard list  Screen 46     Example  APA G2 requests that a page message be sent to the pager with the  passcode PA G2 on the selected account   s passcard list     IPAG Requests that a page message be sent to the first pager for the installer assigned to  the selected account  Passcard order is based on the each passcard   s passcode     IPAG   Requests that a page message be sent to a specific pager for the installer assigned  to the selected account     Example  IPAG5 selects the pager with the passcode PAG5 from the installer   s  passcard list     PAGE Searches the account passcard list  installer passcard list  and employee passcard  list  in that order  and selects the first pager     Table 4  Commands Used to Request a Page from the Service Dispatch Screen     Command  Action      PAG Searches the account passcard list  installer passcard list  and employee passcard  list  in that order  and selects the first pager     PAG   Requests that a page message be sent to a specific employee assigned to the  displayed account on the Service Dispatch screen    Example  PA G2 requests that a page message be sent to the pager
104. aracter  user defined codes that are used to classify  residential subscriber   s accounts  Residential account types are also used to validate the format of  the account   s name  If you assign a residential account type to an account  then you must make  sure that the account name is entered in the LAST NAME  FIRST NAME TITLE format   Residential account types are also used to check to see if a valid title has been entered  Screen   183  Residential Account Titles  is used to set up the valid titles for accounts     Residential Type Definition CSS Omg     oOw o A obt b         OO OO AJ Ohn UO AM FA  OO vw OO JO UD GA b   k      1   0   P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W    en  N       You may create up to 20 residential type codes and you may specify 0 9 or A Z as the codes   Residential account types are assigned to the account using the TYPE field on Screen 42  Account  U pdate     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 19    Screen 183 Residential Account Titles    This screen can only be accessed if you have the option to use edit rules for account names set by  MAS  If you currently are not using any editing rules for the account name data entry and wish to  do so  you must contact MAS to have this option set and convert your existing account name keys  into the new formats  When the option is set by MAS  you will have access to this screen  which  you can use to affect the account name entry for future accounts     Residential titles  such as Mr   Mrs   Ms   Dr   or Rev   ma
105. arm Dispatch Screen  AAA xlii  Faxing from a amp  Report SCION srein eiaa eea a aia a iaat xliii  Fax Passcard Selection WiINdoOW ENEE xliv  Fax Cover Page Entry Window ENEE xlv  Fax Interface System Administration ENEE xlviii    MAS Central Station  5 50 67       MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 1   Introduction    Overview    This manual is intended for use with Central Station software  version 5 50 65 and is a  supplement to the Central Station Instruction M anual  which was written for version 5 50 02  The  information listed in this supplemental manual will cover every change and feature that has been  added since the release of 5 50 02     How To Use This Manual    This supplemental manual is laid out in a similar fashion to the Central Station Instruction  Manual  Each chapter identifies the primary function you will address in the CS systen  The  information that is listed in each chapter is presented in the following order  features that affect  multiple screens are listed first  features and changes that affect specific screens are listed next  and are listed in order by screen number     Additionally  statements have been included throughout this manual that will point you to  various places in the Central Station Instruction Manual  For example  if you are reading about  new changes made to Screen 42  Account Update  but want to know more about setting up new  accounts  you will be directed to the place in the Central Station Instruction M anual where that
106. associated with the subscriber account currently selected on Screen 2  Alarm  Dispatch  Recall that an installer may be assigned to each subscriber   s account on Screen 42   Account U pdate    PASSCARD   The passcode of the pager to which the message will be sent  To review or select from a list of  pagers  enter a comma in the PASSCARD field    NAME    The name of the subscriber whose account is currently selected on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch     SERVICE     The telephone number of the pager to which the message will be sent     PIN    The personal identification code used to contact the pager to which the message will be sent     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xix    PG DEF     The number  1 20  which represents the message you want to send  If a default message was  defined  on Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  for the event code used to request the page  the number  of the default message is displayed  If a default message was not defined for the event code used  to request the page  message 1 is displayed  Depending on the selected message  additional  comments may or may not be entered in this window  If the selected message allows for  additional comments  code  53 X  in Screen 126A  Page M essage D etail Format   fields 4 7 may  display where you may enter the comments     FOLLOWUP MINUTES    The number of minutes that will dapse before page confirmation event is considered late  When  a page is successfully sent with the message  a confi
107. ate reporting code has been added to this report     Screen 140 Updated CS Account Database Printout    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 23 through 8 24 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The STARTING INSTALLER and ENDING INSTALLER fields have been added so that you can specify  the range of installers to determine which accounts will beincluded on the report     Screen 181 Account Usage Printout   For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 26 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   This report now includes statistics for operator type    C     Customer Service     This report also includes a page at the end of the report that provides a summary of account  usage totals for each operator type  These totals are listed in hours and minutes  At the end of    the report the grand totals are listed for account usage  in hours and minutes  along with the total  number of accounts included on the report     Screen 200 Report Menu  If you are using the option to archive history  the Screen 241  History ArchivePrintout  will display    on the Report  Misc  Menu  This option has to be set by MAS  The History Archive  to optical  disk  option must be installed by MA S for this screen to be functional     6 6 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 201 Short Print by Install Date   For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 27 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   The following fields have been added    INSTALL DA
108. ave been added which will be used when you use the Schedule On Test  Feature  Makesure you have the specified parameters entered for the appropriate event code     3933 Scheduled On Test Must have a Late Event Code of 3923 and an  Equivalent Event Code of 4210   4216 Change Test Time    4217 Append Test    Setting up the Sub Account Comments Feature    Event code 4184  Log Site  Sub Comment  has been added which will be used when creating  comments for subaccounts  This event code is logged internally for a subaccount and is used to  link the comment to the subaccount  When you create this event code and you assign an event  class  do not use event classes O  Z  or A for this event code     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 3    Setting up Multiple Follow up Events    Three new event codes have been created so that you can create follow up events that will not go  into alarm when they are late  You may use these event codes to distinguish from the follow   events codes 4620  4621  and 4622 that can go into alarm if they are not cleared by the specified  date and time     The three new event codes are   4616 Create No Alarm Follow Up  4617  Reschedule No Alarm Follow Up  4618 Clear No Alarm Follow Up    Each of these event codes must have specific parameters set up in order for this feature to work  properly  Refer to the following table     Event Corresponding Late Event Code   Equivalent Code  Code  field 14   field 17   4618 4620    4618 4621    User defined  but 
109. ave their  expected events set up using this screen     ATI  SCHEDULE  FOLLOW UP  EVERYTHING   Enter F if you wish to create clear follow up events for  accounts that have a scheduled follow up events but do not have the expected clear follow up  events scheduled    CHK GUARD SCHEDULES is not currently used    SETUP IF LATE   If the selected accounts do have expected events but they have expired  they   re    late   you may enter Y in this field to set up the next expected events for those accounts  If you  enter N  the late expected events for those accounts will not be changed     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 25    SET UP AS OF DATE  MMDDYY   SET UP AS OF TIME  HHMM    You may now specify the exact date and  time as of which you will set up the next expected events for the selected accounts  This feature  enables you to determine which expected events will be set up based on the date and time  specified  For example  you may havea site with a scheduled irregular close  and you may want  to specify a date and time to ensure you are setting up the next expected open for the site  instead  of the expected close   Previously  expected events were set up as of the current date and time   These fields are especially useful for timer tests     The date must be the current date or a future date  The time can be past  current  or future   LOG EVENT ON SETUP   If you enter Y in this field  then event code 4879  N ext Expected Reset  will    be logged for each 
110. aved the change  The fax is sent to the installer  assigned to the account  This option must first be set up by MAS     If MAS sets up this option  then you may fax information from the following screens and  windows     Screen 4 Permanent Schedule M aintenance  Screen 42 Account Update   Screen 43 Zone  Event Code Update   Screen 44 Permanent Schedule M aintenance  Screen 46 Passcard Update   Screen 48 Overflow Maintenance   Screen 49 Permit Update   Account Overflow Window    When you make a changein any of the above screens  the following window will display when  you save the change     Do You Wish to FAX These Changes Realtime  Y N     If you enter Y  then the report generated from Screen 222  D etailed Account Activity  will be faxed   to the installer  The information on the report will include the change that you just made as well   as any changes made to the account in the last 24 hours  Additionally  the report generated from  Screen 21  CS Account Database Printout  will also be faxed to the installer        When the information about the account is faxed to the installer  event code 4959  Fax CFR  is  logged for the account created for the installer receiving the fax  The subscriber account that was  changed has event code 4971  Account Changed  logged to its history     In order for this feature to work you must set up the following things     e In Screen 46  Passcard U pdate  you must set up a fax passcard for the installer  and the  Passcode for the fax passcar
111. ber that will be used for communication from the local system to the  remote system s    A    machine  If communication is to the    B    machine  as specified in Screen  901  Receiver R edundancy Options   then the socket number will automatically change to be one  greater than the number entered for the    A    machine     HOST PREFIX  REMOTE Host     Enter the TCP  IP alias  as specified in the   etc  hosts file  that will identify the remote pair of  redundant machines  This entry will prefix    A    or    B    in the host table that exists in UNIX  For  example  if you enter SEC  then the local machines can be identified as SECA and SECB  You  may not enter SYS as a prefix        A    SYSTEM SOCKET   REMOTE HOST   Enter the TCP  IP socket number that will be used for communication from the remote system to  the local system   s    A    machine  If communication is to the    B    machine  as specified in Screen    901  Receiver R edundancy Options   then the socket number will automatically change to be one  greater than the number entered for the    A    machine     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 29    HLESTO BE SENT  Y  N     These fields are used to determine which files you want to be sent to the remote system  You may  enter Y for each of the files that you want to be sent to the remote system  For example  you may  want to send history and alarms  Entering N will exclude those files from being sent to the  remote system  Data changes  which are
112. bove the events because the comments were logged after the events  Events are  still listed in chronological order  but now the data change events are listed first and the event   related comments are listed beneath the events  This display makes it easier to distinguish which  comments are associated with which data change events     Additionally  comments are now displayed with the events that were logged to subaccounts     Log Event for Invalid Passcard  A new field has been added which allows you to log an informational event code to a customer   s    account whenever a signal is received which requires passcard verification and the passcard  received with the signal is invalid     Schedule Number Logged for Events    When you log a change to a scheduled event  such as an Irregular Open  the schedule number is  now included in the comment logged with the event     When alate event is received  the schedule which applies to the event will be logged in the  PAss  COM column  A sampleis shown below     OTF SIS MOESIA 5i 3201 LATE TO CLOSE SCHED 1  Hee SRS OMC OMMEN DAS 1 25 MASO ROS 51  O77 28 95 6200223 JOZSI SSA AZRIN HAST 7726 MZE    M ore  P rev   N ext  D isp  G en    Expiration Date and Comment Logged for Follow up Events  When a follow up event is created  the date and time the follow up event will expire and any    comment entered for the follow up event will be logged to event history  A sample is shown  below     OB   ILI AS ses 17 COP 4620 CREATE FOLLOW UP 8 17 20
113. ce Recap  Report  6 15  Screen 27  Common Overflow Printout  6   5  Screen 270  Account Assignment Status  Report  6 16  Screen 277  Passcard Printout  6 17  Screen 28  Common Overflow  Membership Printout  6 5  Screen 280  CS Account Database to Tape   7 26  Screen 281  Customer File Report  6 18  Screen 282  Out Of Service  On Test  Accounts Listing  6 20  Screen 283  False Dispatch Tracking  Report  6 20  Screen 286  Special Alarm Printout By  Resolution Code Ranges  6 21  Screen 292  Operator Activity Report  6 22  Screen 296  Incident Summary File  6 23  Screen 297  Disposition by Account  Report  6 25  Screen 298  Operator Statistics Report  6   25  Screen 299  Dispatch Action Report  6 26  Screen 340  Error Log View  Print  6 27  Screen 370  Redundancy Error Log  6 27  Screen 71  Event Code Printout  6 6  Work Order Number Fields  6 1  Reporting Buckets Limits  7 1  Reporting Code Description File 3 18  Reporting Period Update  3 18  Residential Account Titles  3 20  Residential Type Definition  3 19  Classifying Residential Accounts  3 19  Creating Residential Account Types  3 19    SE    Schedule On Test Feature  3 3   Schedule Zones to be On Test  5 1   Scheduled Alarm Processing  4 6  5 6   Schedules  See Permanent Schedule  Maintenance   Securing Accounts  See Account Data  Security   Security  See Main Menu Security   Selective Alarm Status M onitor  5 29    Send An Operator Message Window  See  Operator Messaging  Set up Page M essages  See Page M essage  Defini
114. ch  G eneral   DTE  C opy  N ext  M ore  P revious  S ave  or DEL ete       Fields   You may define a call list on Lines 5 through 16 of any page of dispatching instructions    To build a call list    e Enter  CALL beginning in the first position of any line    e Enter one space    e Enter the codes that represent the contacts  agencies  installers  and fax machines  modems  you want to include in the call list  List the codes in the order you want then to appear on    the call list  Each code must be separated with a comma     The codes that represent fax machines and fax modems are shown in Table 3  For a complete list  of call list codes  refer to your CS 5 50 User Manual     xxxviii Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67       M AS Central Station     Table 3  Call List Codes for Fax Machines Modems    Account Fax Machine  Modem    Selects the first fax machine  modem from the account passcard list  Screen 46    Passcard order is based on each passcard   s passcode     Account Fax Machine  Modem   Selects a specific fax machine    modem from the account passcard list  Screen 46    Example  AFAX3 selects fax machine  modem with the passcode FA X3 from the  account s passcard list     Installer Fax Machine  Modem    Selects the first fax machine  modem from the installer   s passcard list  Screen 46    Passcard order is based on each passcard   s passcode     Installer Fax Machine  Modem   Selects a specific fax machine    modem from the installe
115. creen 214 Selective Alarm Status Monitor    This feature must be activated by MAS  Screen 185 will have no effect on your system if you do  not have this option activated     Delayed Alarm Maintenance CS 01L85    EE EH    erek   ssck Delay  secs  Start Baca End Pri Delay  secs    50 70 20 il  120 12   i   14   5   16   AL    18   19   20    i  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  S  0    d    Sue OF Neat       5 28 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 214 Selective Alarm Status Monitor  The MISC ERROR message will be displayed whenever a dispatch action index is more than 80    percent full  You may rebuild the dispatch action index or purge the dispatch action files using  Screen 136  Dispatch Actions Purge     This buffer screen will not    beep    for alarms with a priority which is lower than the DIM PRIORITY  entered on Screen 101  Processing O ptions     An option is available to have the INst column display instead of the START column  The INST  column will display up to 4 characters of the installer code     If the SUP BKTK WARN field in Screen 64 U ser Profile U pdate  is set to Y for a specific user  then  background task warnings will not display on this screen for that user     This screen will now display MASlink errors if the communication server for MASlink for  Windows has not processed the information in the    outbox    directory in the last 30 minutes     Screen 230 Multi Location Alarm Monitor  The MISC ERROR message will be displayed whenever a dispatch act
116. creen 31 Background Task Status Monitor    When using Datalink  which may include the Sybase link from MASterMind   you may now view  information for the last transaction received via Datalink  For each transaction  you will see the  sequence number of the last transaction processed by B32 from the remote computer  and the  date and time the transaction was processed  This information display in the new LAST  TRANSACTION INFO field     For more information on this screen  refer to pages B 17 through B 20 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Screen 901 Receiver Redundancy Options    For more information on this screen  refer to pages B 2 through B 4 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Whenever you perform a STARTLOG  a form feed may be sent to your All Events Printer  This  prints a blank page between the events received prior to the STOPLOG and the events received  after the receivers were restarted  with the STARTLOG   To enable this feature  enter Y in the  FORM FIELD TO EVENT PRINTER field     MAS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67 Receivers Redundancy 8 1    The following fields have been added to this screen    DON   T MRG EVENTS REDUNDANTLY   Enter Y in this field to disable events from being merged by time onto the redundant system  except when they are logged from Screen 910  911  or the    C    merge program    EXCESSIVE SIGNAL TIME SPAN   EXCESSIVE SIGNAL COUNT    An event may be logged to a subscriber   s account if an excessive number of si
117. ction applies to SuperDOS based systems only     Whenever processes are stopped using Screen 981  the CS system will verify that all receivers  have been stopped  This correction applies to SuperDOS based systems only     Screen 990 2 Way Voice XRef Table    the LN  field now allows up to 6 digits  and the   ExT field now allows up to 5 digits     MAS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67 Receivers Redundancy 8 7    8 8 Receivers R edundancy M AS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67    Appendix A   The Alpha Paging Feature    Overview    The Alpha Paging Interface feature is used to transmit selected information to your field  technicians  alarm dealers  and subscribers from the CS 5 50 system     This feature is not part of the standard CS product  It is an additional feature that must be  purchased from MAS     This appendix covers the following topics     e Requirements for Using the Paging Interface Feature   e Preparing Your CS System for the Paging Interface Feature  e Setting up Information for Pagers   e Paging   e Special Features   Automatic Paging of Test Results    e Paging Interface System Administration   Screen 127   Alpha Paging Company M aintenance    Requirements for Using the Paging Interface Feature  Hardware Requirements    A Multitech modem with a baud rate of 9600 or greater is recommended to use the Paging  Interface     The Paging Interface is compatible only with Alpha pagers using the TAP protocol  Touchtone  pagers may not be used with the Paging Inte
118. ctivity Report on Account  lt number gt   Account D atabase Listing on Account  lt number gt   Account Test Results on Account  lt number gt     You may override the default subject  The subject will be printed on the fax cover page     COMMENTS   Up to 8 lines of comments that you wish to include on the fax cover page  Each line may contain  up to 50 characters    CONFIRM    N indicates the recipient is not required to contact the central station when the fax is received    Y indicates the recipient is requested to contact the central station upon rece pt of the fax  When  the fax is sent  a fax confirmation event will be scheduled for the subscriber   s account  If the fax    confirmation is not received within 15 minutes of being sent successfully  alate confirmation  event will be generated for the subscriber   s account     xlvi Appendix B TheFax Interface Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Note    If you are batch faxing from Screen 24  Supervised Account M ail O ut Reports  then you will see the  following field  SEND REMAINDER TO DEFAULT PRINTER  This field is used to determine whether    you want to print the report if a fax number is not available  Enter Y to print the portions of the  report that cannot be faxed  Enter N if you do not want to print the portions of the report that  cannot be faxed        When your selections are complete  enter GO at the command line of the Fax Cover Page Entry  Window to attempt to send the fax     MAS Central Station  5 50 6
119. d Underline Text  4 3    Cz    Cancellation Purge  7 12   CFR  See Customer File Report   CFR Letters  4 13  6 19   Change Area Codes  See Area Code Change   Change Event Codes  See CS Event Code  Change    Change Global ZD Pages  See Global ZD  Page Change  Change Installer Numbers  See M ass  Installer Number Change  Change Zones  See CS Zone Change  Clear Test Window  5 5  Combined Activity Report  6 8  Comment Entry  4 5  Comments for Event Codes  3 3  Common Overflow Maintenance  3 1  4 11   4 22  Creating Temporary Common Overflow  Pages  3 1  Editing Common Overflow Pages  4 3  Printing Common Overflow Pages  6 5  Viewing Common Overflow Pages  3 1  5   7  Common Overflow Membership Printout  6   5  Common Overflow Printout  6 5  Configure B32  MASterMind Interface  See  B32 to MASterMind N etwork Definition  Configure B32  Webserver Interface  See B32  to Webserver N etwork Definition  Configure X Site Redundant Systems  See X   Site Redundancy Configuration  Copy Account Information  4 2  Cross Reference Guide  5 25  CRT Default Setup  3 5  CS Account Database Printout  6 2  CS Account Database to Tape  7 26  CS Event Code Change  7 12  CS Event Code Changes  New Fields  7 12  CS Line Assignment Format  7 19  CS Location Profile Update  3 6  New Fields  3 6  CS Master Receiver Type Definition  8 7  CS Non Activity Report  6 14  CS Number Assignment  7 20  CS Short Printout  6 5  CS Zone Change  7 24  Customer File Report  6 18  Defining Account Information for CFR  L
120. d has elapsed     The page message format assigned to the selected test category will be the format used each time  the test results are automatically paged to the technician     When the Test Expires    The technician may be paged upon the expiration of the test  This option occurs only if you have  entered Y in the PAGE TECH ON TEST EXPIRE field in Screen 101  Processing Options  This page is  initiated by the system  You will not be prompted with the Alphanumeric Pager M essages  window  Thetechnician who is paged is the same technician whom you specified when you  paged the technician at the start of the test  If you did not page the technician at the start of the  test  then the technician who received the automatic pages with the test results will be the  technician who is paged when the test expires  The page message that is sent is page message  that is assigned to event code 3988  Page Test Expire   which is logged to the service technician   s  account   You may use the WAIT EVENT CODE field in Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  to assign a  page message to an event code  For moreinformation on this feature  see the section titled Screen  51 Event Code Update in Appendix A      xxii Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 127 Alpha Page Company Maintenance    This screen is used to change the technical format of the messages that are paged and the modem  characteristics based on the specifications of the paging company  You will only u
121. d must be    FA XCFR      For more information on section up fax  passcards for an installer  see Appendix B  The Fax Interface Feature  in this manual      e In Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  you must use the Wait Event C ode field to assign a cover  page to event code 4959  Fax CFR   Cover pages are set up in Screen 125  Fax Cover Page  Definitions   For more assigning a cover page to event codes  see Appendix B  The Fax  Interface Feature  in this manual      MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 1    Copying Account Information    The O   ver   command has been added to the following screens  which allows you to copy  information from one account to another     e Screen Ll Common Overflow Maintenance  e Screen 44 Permanent Schedule M aintenance  e Screen46 Passcard Update  Long Format    e Screen47 Primary Dispatch Information   e Screen48 Overflow Maintenance    To use the O   ver   command   1  Access the passcard  schedule  or page of information that you want to copy  At the  command line  enter S to save the information in a temporary holding file  If you don   t save    the information first  then you will not be able to copy the information     2  UsetheN   ext command to select the account to which you want to copy the information  then  move the cursor to the command line    3  Enter O to copy all of the information from the holding file to the destination file  You may  also copy only specified fields by entering O followed by therange of fields to b
122. dow to the right the number of spaces you specify    To movea window  enter the appropriate command and press ENTER  The command must be  entered at the beginning of afield or at the command line     2 4 System Setup    MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 3   System Setup    Screen 11 Common Overflow Maintenance    For information on setting up common overflow pages  see page 3 3 through 3 5 in the Central  Station Instruction M anual     Viewing a List of Common Overflow Pages    You can review a list of all common overflow codes that have been set up on Screen 11  Common  Overflow Maintenance To review alist of codes  enter   in the COMMON  field  If you want to  search for a code that matches a specific pattern  enter the pattern  text  after the    For example   if you want to look for codes 10  100  or 1000  enter 210 in the COMMON  field     To review the overflow page for one of the codes listed  enter the line number on which the  overflow code appears  It will be immediately displayed     Creating Temporary Common Overflow Pages    You may now create temporary common overflow pages  To use this feature  follow the steps  listed below     1  Use Screen 11 to create a new page of common overflow  This page will contain the  temporary information  Remember to save the new page  You should also use a naming  convention  in the COMMON  field  that is unique and easy to remember     2  Next  retrieve the permanent common overflow page that is to be replaced by the temp
123. e    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 28 through 9 29 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The START INSTALLER and END INSTALLER fields have been added so that you may specify a range  of installers for which to change the event codes  The range of installers will determine which  accounts will be selected for this utility     The CHANGE CODESIN CSHISTORY  Y  N  field has been added so you can determine if you want the  history file to include the event code change  Enter Y to change the event code in the history file  Enter N to keep the event code from being changed in the history file  Use extreme caution when  entering N in this field  You will not be able to delete an event code from the system if it still  exists in the history file as the old code     The system will now process all accounts in the database if you specify FIRST to LAST in the  START CS and END cs fields  respectively     When this utiltity is run  information is now logged to the event history for the SYSADMIN  account  Events corresponding to the start and end times the utility was run as well as comments  detailing the parameters for which the utility was run are listed     7 12 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 143 Blanket Full Clear    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 45 through 9 46 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If you havea redundant system  you may not access this screen on the non monitoring  backu
124. e   3 7  Screen 67  VRT Action Event Code  Entry  View  3 7    zT     Test Functions Window  5 2  New Commands  5 3  N ew Fields  5 2  Test List Window  5 4  5 27  Timed Event Entry  5 21     U     UL Listed Reports  Alarm Occurrence Recap Report  6 15  Unknown Account Activity  6 11  Unlimited Zone Comments  2 1  Updated CS Account Database Printout  6 6  User Location Profile Update  3 7  New Fields  3 7  User Profile Maintenance  3 22  7 24  Utilities and Repairs  7 1  Events Logged to History for SYSADMIN  Account  7 1  Reporting Buckets Limits  7 1  Screen 105  Area Code  Autodial  Table   7 2  Screen 111  Index Rebuild Utility  7 2  Screen 112  Purge Expired Temporaries  and Irregulars  7 2  Screen 114  Account Deletion Request  7 3  Screen 115  Account M aster File and  Activity Deletion  7 6  Screen 116  File Status Report  7 8  Screen 118  Event History View  7 8  Screen 132  Quick Purge for Event  Activity  7 9  Screen 133  Purge Event Activity  7 10  Screen 133A RC  Purge  Archive Event  History  7 10  Screen 134  Cancellation Purge  7 12  Screen 142  CS Event Code Change  7 12  Screen 143  Blanket Full Clear  7 13  Screen 145  Account Rename  7 13  Screen 146  Passcard Print  7 14  Screen 147  Mass Installer N umber  Change  7 14    Screen 152  Installer  OOS Date Mass  Deletion  7 15   Screen 160  Area Code Change  7 16   Screen 171  CS Line Assignment Format   7 19   Screen 172  CS Number Assignment  7 20   Screen 196  Global ZD Page Search  7 21   Screen 197  G
125. e Central Station Instruction M anual     If dates are entered in your system using the European Date Format  the dates are now printed in  the European Date Format     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 27    6 28 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 7   Utilities and Repairs    Events Logged to SYSADMIN History    An event will be logged to the Event History for the SYSADMIN account whenever you a run a  repair  perform maintenance  or print a report using one of the following screens     e Screen 116 File Status Report   e     Screens 301 312 Repair Screens   e Screens 340  350  Error Log and Maintenance Screens  351  360  362  370    Additionally  an event will also be logged to SYSADMIN when one of the following screens is  changed     e Screen 101 Processing Options  e Screen 901 Receiver Redundancy Options    Reporting Buckets Limits    The current limit on the number of signals in the reporting buckets has been increased  The  number of signals counted and stored for each account  reporting code  or time period has been  increased to 65000  This feature affects the following programs     Screen 113 Event History Posting  Screen 117 Roll Event History   Screen 118 Event History View  Screen 210 Summary Activity Report    Screen 62 Autoskip Definition Entry for Screen 42   You may now enter R to determineif you want specific fields to be required entries in Screen 42   Account Update For example  you might enter R in thestyPe field to make it a requir
126. e Screen20  Site  Sub Cross Reference    To access the Comment Entry window  enter CW at the command linein any of the above  screens     Comment Entry    gap Bere  EE       When you first access the Comment Entry window  you can enter up to three lines of comment   However  you may redisplay the window so that you can enter up to ten lines of comment  To  enter ten lines of comments  enter F at the command line  The Comment Entry window will  expand to include ten comment lines  The P   art and F   ull commands toggle the screen display  between three and ten lines of comments     Account Data Security    For some customer accounts  changes to account information may only be authorized by specific  individuals at the customer   s site     To secure the account   s information   1  On Screen 46  P asscard Update  set up the passcard for individuals who may authorize  changes to the account s information  Be sure to assign the same passcard level to these    individuals     2  InthePASSLEVEL field on Screen 42  Account Update  enter the passcard level you assigned to  the individuals who may authorize changes to account information     When a user attempts to access this account on an Account Data Entry screen  Screens 42   48   he  will be prompted to enter a passcard before he can access the screen     If the passcard   s level matches the value entered in the PASS LEVEL field on Screen 42  the user    may add or edit the account e information  If the passcard level does not
127. e VRT II  to abort alarm signals     N NoVRT Access The customer may not access his account using the VRT II system     Refer to page 3 20 in the Central Station Instruction M anual for more instructions on setting  up    abortable    alarms     Screen 61 CS Location Profile Update    The MM EDIT  fiad has been added so that you can determine whether the Account Data Entry    screens  41 49  may be modified when this application is interfacing with the MA SterM ind  Business Application  If you enter Y  then only MASterM ind users will be able to modify account  information using the MA SterM ind Business A pplication  A    NO UPDATE    message will  display in Screens 41 49 indicating that the record may not be changed using this application  If  you enter N  then account information may only be modified using this application     3 6 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 64 User Location Profile Update    For information on setting up user profiles  see pages 3 29 through 3 36 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     1     The WARN ON INCOMPLETE DISPATCH Y  N  field has been added so that you can display the  Account Release Warning Window if an alarm is accessed and has been only partially cleared  by the dispatch operator  For more information  see the Dispatching section of this Release  Notice     An new OPERATOR TYPE  C  has been added for customer service representatives     The FUNCTION KEY SET  field has been added  For each user you may now ass
128. e copied  For  example  if you wanted to copy only fields 5 through 7  then you would enter 05 7     4  Once the information has been copied  enter S to save the new file     Prompt if Data Not Saved    If you have entered or modified information for a record on a data entry screen and attempt to  select another record or moveto another screen without first saving the information you were  entering  you will be prompted with the Data Save Warning window     Data Save Warning Window    Data Not Saved     OK to Exit  Y N        You may enter Y to exit without saving or N to return to the screen where you were entering the  information     4 2 Account Data Entry MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Blinking and Underlined Text    Information entered on the M aster File M aintenance data entry screens  Overflow screens  and  the Installer U pdate screen may be displayed in highlighted  blinking  or underlined text  This  feature is primarily used with comment fields  dispatch and overflow page text  or installer  update messages     To underline or highlight an entire line  insert one of the following characters in the first position  of the line of text       displays aline of blinking or highlighted text     displays a line of underlined text     To underline or highlight a specific word  insert one of the following characters in the first  position of the word       displays aword as blinking or highlighted text     displays a word as underlined text     You may only use one of the
129. e eas Bae dai hee at i  Requirements for Using the Paging Interface Feature on    AEN i  Preparing Your CS System for the Paging Interface Feature        ccsssesssssssssscssssescesssssasessssesaserereees ii  Screen 126 Page M essage Detnittome ENEE iii  Screen 126A Page Message Detail Forme  EEN v  Screen 51 Event gleef viii  Setting up Information for Pages  x  Screen  46 Passcard Update    oss eege Annie Ra ie See ee xi  Screen 47 Primary Dispatch Information    EEN xiii  Sending a Page Message   0  esesesesesescseseesecececeseseaeseseseseseseseseseceeeeesesasssaeaeseaeseseseseeceeesesasasasneneseeeeeneeatats XV  Paging from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch ENEE xvi  Page Passcard Selection VWindow EEN xviii  Alphanumeric Pager M essages Window EEN xix  Special Paging Features   Automatic Paging Of Test Results ENEE xxi  Screen 127 Alpha Page Company Maintenance EEN xxiii    Appendix B   The Fax Interface Feature    OVERVIEW tess i eed eatin dh trated i as ee eae EES xxvii  Requirements for Using the Fax Interface Feature AAA xxvii  Preparing Your CS System for the Fax Interface teabire ANERER xxviii  Automatic Faxing   c uieiiei isles a aaria aa aei a eee xxviii  Screen 125 Fax Cover Page Deinittonms ENEE XxiX  Screen 125A Fax Cover Page Detail Format NEEN xxxi  Screen 51 Event Code Update    xxxiii  Setting up Information for Fax M achines  Modems ENNEN XXXV  Screen 46 Passcard ele EEN xxxv    Screen 47 Dispatching Inetructlons ENEE xxxviii  Seeding a AN EE xl  Faxing from the Al
130. e s  DTE TU TH 8 15  effective  The  CONT string links  CONT 10  this dispatch page  to the next page e  that should be ea  used  E dit   PR mit  Z ones  D ispatch  G eneral     C opy  N ext  M ore  P revious  S ave  or DEL ete    This is the next Primary Dispatch Information    dispatch page in 700 SANDERS  BONNIE  the series  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD    10 Dispatch Text  3 PERMANENT Date  5 FIRE DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS   Thru 6 CALL PREMISE  DISPATCH FD     The absence of a  DTE string  CALL P FD  indicates that this  dispatch page is  the last in the  series     Permit        E dit   PR mit  Z ones  D ispatch  G eneral   DTE  C opy  N ext  M ore  P revious  S ave  or DEL ete       4  Onceyou are finished creating the series of zone dispatch pages  you will need to assign the  first zone page in the series to the zone  In the above example  you would assign page 15 to  all appropriate zones  When page 15 was not in effect  the system will automatically use  page 10  Use Screen 43  Zone  Event Code U pdate to assign dispatch pages to zones     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account DataEntry 4 21    To verify your entry for the zone dispatch page  you can enter DTE at the command linein  Screen 47  When you use this command  the D ate Line D ecoder window will display     Date Line Decoder  Staxtry    Ene    Sieeuece    ERNA    08 00   12 00  Wat  1 IZON  Sun  AOO       This window is used to translate the codes that you have entered for the displayed dispatch page   Using this w
131. ected Events    7 25  Screen 280 CS Account Database to Tape ENEE 7 26  Screen 302 Expected Event File Repair  s sssssesssssssrissssrisrissssristentnntsnentinntnnnntnntnntnnnnnnntentnnnnnnn nentes 7 26  Screen 305 Event File Repair  Enhanced Version   7 27  Screen 307 Zone Comment File Repair    7 27  Screen 310 Miscellaneous Index Renare   AEN 7 27  Screen 331 Redundancy Status Green    EEN 7 27  Screen 332 Miscellaneous Problem Status Screen ENNEN 7 28  Screen 333    X    Site Redundancy Configuration Definition        s sessesssssrssresssrrsresrsrrenserrnnenrerenns 7 28  Screen 334 B32  gt  MASterMind Network Definition ENNEN 7 31  Screen 335 B32  gt  Webserver N etwork Definttton  ANNE 7 32  Screen 375 Permit  Agency Bemumber  EEN 7 34  Screen 397 Datalink From Flat File    7 35  Screen 399 Mass Account Deletion    ANEN 7 36    Chapter 8   Receivers Redundancy    Changes That Affect All Recelveres   AANEREN 81  Screen 31 Background Task Status Monitor    EEN 81  Screen 901  Receiver  Redundancy Optionms ENEE 81  Screen 902 Switch System Gratis    AAA 83  Screen 931 Start Receivers  Startlog  ENEE 83  Screen 952 Enable  Disable Receivers EEN 8 4  Screen 954 Receiver Definition Update    8 4  Screen 958 CS Master Receiver TvpeDetnitton   ENEE 8 7  Screen 981  Stop RecelVers    eiescci ecient anari iiaea iaai ENEE EEN 8 7  Screen 990 2 Way Voice XRef Table EEN 87    MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Appendix A   The Alpha Paging Feature    OVENICOW 248 Ee Ee and aun Aid Raed c
132. ed  Theline on which the  code is entered plus the 2 blank lines add up to three lines  which is the number of comment lines that  have been specified for this example       Codes 40  41  and 42 will provide the actual event that generated the page  This event may not necessarily  bean alarm      Codes 60 through 65 are only used when you are automatically paging test results to service technician     For more information on this feature  refer to Appendix A at the end of this document       The VRT Type Description comes from Screen 68  VRT TypeM aintenance  The event received by the  Central Station will determine which VRT Type Description to send as part of the page  The VRT Typeis  assigned to an event in Screen 51  Event Code Update You would not send codes 63 and 64 together in the  same page  since both could be used to describe the event     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature vii    Screen 51 Event Code Update    Event Code  Description  Reporting Code  Response Code  Resp  Priority  Event Class  Wait    Wait Event Code  Status Change    Dispatch Code  Alternate Desc  Can RPC S Use   False Dispatch  Late Event Code   de eer OR A PSOE    VRT Type  1 99   Equivalent Code    100  HOLDUP BANK DRIVEUP  A ALARMS  D OPERATOR ALWAYS  20  A  0 1 Set  2 Clr  3 Eqres  4 Disarm  5 Arm  6 Delay  0  O Opn  C Cls  A Alrm  T Trbl  R Rst N Norm  X Outg  S Stay     NOT USED    Y N  MASlink Only   Y N     S ave  or N ext       This screen is used for two pu
133. ed entry on  Screen 42     For more information on this screen  refer to page 4 16 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 1    Screen 105 Area Code  Autodial  Table   When you use this screen to delete area codes records on the    A    machine  you will no longer  receive redundancy errors on Screen 370  Redundancy Error Log    You may now enter 000 in the area code field and set up a dial code for that area code     For moreinformation on this screen  refer to pages A 11 through A 12 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Screen 111 Index Rebuild Utility   This utility will now rebuild the following utilities    e CSDCANCELX  which stores the record of an account   s cancellation   e CSDCHGLX  which determines the accounts that have changed since the last time Screen 140  was run    e SSDREQ6X  which is used for service reporting    This utility will no longer rebuild CSDDSACT1X  which stores dispatch actions  This file may  now be rebuilt using Screen 136  Dispatch Actions Purge     For more information on this screen  refer to page 9 13 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     Screen 112 Purge Expired Temporaries and Irregulars  You may now enter separate dates for each purge option  Each date is the date through which    the irregular or temporary dispatch pages or schedules will be purged     The CLEAR EXPIRED SCHEDULES THRU field has been added so that you can specify a date through  which tempo
134. edules  the schedule number which applies to the event is displayed  in the new SCH column     You may no longer manually enter or delete an expected event  You must use Screen 2  Alarm  Dispatch  to log the appropriate event code  adjusting the subscriber s schedule     Expected events related to system tests  specifically event 3923  Expired Test  and 3933   Scheduled Test   are no longer cleared when a dispatch operator logs event 4612 for a site     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 21    Screen   Event History Display   For more information on this screen  refer to page 5 44 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   The speed of logging changes made to account data has been greatly improved   When a permit has exceeded the number of allowable false alarms  the event code set up in field  44  ALERT LIMIT REACHED CODE  in Screen 101  Processing Options  will now automatically be  logged to the Event History    When a zone triggers a late event  that zone is not listed in the ZN  oP field in Screen 7  Instead   the word    LATE    is displayed in theZn  op field next to the corresponding late event logged to  the Event History     When a site passcard information is logged to subscriber s history  the site passcard name will be  logged  instead of the site passcard teleohone number      To help you locate the events for a particular day  the date of the most recent event for any given  day will be displayed in reverse video  A sample screen is shown below     Ev
135. een 299  Dispatch A ction Report  This is an option that can only be set by MAS     Scheduling Zones to be On Test    For more information on placing accounts on test  refer to pages 5 45 through 5 47 in the Central  Station Instruction Manual  The Test Functions window has replaced the Place On Test window     You may now schedule zones to be on test for a future date and time  When you log event code  4210 to place an account on test the Test Functions window will now display after the Operator  Action window has closed  You may use the Test Functions window to specify the date and time  the test will begin as well as when the test will end  You will also specify which zones will be  placed on test  When you have scheduled an account to be placed on test  the message PEN DING  will display on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and Screen 3  Zone  Event Code View     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 1    When a scheduled test goes into effect  the system logs the event code 3933  Scheduled On Test  to  the account   s Event History     Test Functions  S  N Category 1     XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  Start Date Time NOW  Expire Date Time 10 10 96 16 06  On Test By ALL       N ew  T ime  A ppend  Q uit  S ave       To use this feature  you must set up additional event codes  For more information  refer to  Chapter 3  System Setup  in this manual     Changes to the Test Functions Window  The following fields have been added or changed   S     You may now enter B to indicate that you a
136. een 3    Test List Window    If you are working with accounts on test  the Test List window may display  There aretwo  functions for which this window can be used  as a selection window or as a view window     Using the Test List Window as Selection Window    If you have created multiple tests for an account and need to modify the parameters for one of the  tests  the Test List window will display after you log the event code to change the test parameters   You may use this window to select the test whose parameters you wish to modify     Test List Window  S Otar Expire Type Category   10 15 96 08 50 10 15 96 11 49 LIST 1 ON TEST CATEGORY 1  10 15 96 08 50 10 15 96 12 00 LIST 1 ON TEST CATEGORY 1  s 10 15 96 10 51 10 15 96 13 51 LIST 1 ON TEST CATEGORY 1    1  2  3  4  5  6  2  8  9  0    dl     DE veterl  More  previous  EE       If you have tests that are running simultaneously  the service technicians who use VRT may only  have access to one test at atime  The system will use an asterisk     to mark the test and denote  which one the service technician may access     5 4 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    A test will be preceded by a small s if it was created for a secondary account     To select the test you wish to modify  enter the line number corresponding to the test  The  window will close and the Test Functions window will display  If you have logged event code  4210 to create a new test and this window has displayed  enter Q to close the window  You will  
137. ent   FAX Subject   FAX Comments start at  Line X   End of Cover Page    lt Form Feed After Line  X         The number of spaces  characters  that the block of information will occupy on the page        The CS callback telephone number is the telephone number a fax recipient should call to confirm  receipt of a fax  It is defined in the CS CALLBACK PH field on Screen 101  Processing O ptions       Codes 40  41  and 42 will provide the actual event that generated the fax  This event may not    necessarily be an alarm     xxxii Appendix B TheFax Interface Feature    M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 51 Event Code Update    Example 1 Event Code Update CSOSA    Event Code 4951 18 Min User Level 4  Description FAXACCOUNT ACTIVITY 19 Disposition Type F  Reporting Code Q CODE Q 20 Disposition Code ACT  Response Code 4 PASSCARD LKUP LOG ONLY 21 Prompts  P C B N  B  Resp  Priority 200 22 Confirm Required  Y  Event Class Er 23 VRT ClrTest  R N   Wait 0 1 Set 2 Clr  3 Eqres 24 Agency Type  PFMT   4 Disarm  5 Arm  6 Delay 25 Dual Custody  Y N  N  Wait Event Code 2 26 Screen 12 to S kip  Status Change O Opn  C Cls A Alrm T Trbl 27 Ticket Type  R Rst  N Norm  X Outg S Stay 28 Global ZD Page  Dispatch Code 29 Event Type  Alternate Desc  NOT USED  30 Zone Group  Can RPC S Use   Y N  MASlink Only 31 ABM Status  False Dispatch  Y N  Gi eelere  Late Event Code  A bort OK  A B ort  VRT Type  1 99   Equivalent Code    S ave  or N ext 3    Example 2 Event Code Update CSOs     Event Code 100 
138. ent History Display CST OON    CS   001 0007 VLADIC  LISA Dispatch Code   003 0007 1029 REDONDO As Of  08 29 97 10 29    pe Daten Meher krans Acet Op Code Descr    08 29 97 725  AND 4210 PLACE ON TEST  08 29 97 2 25 52 COMMENT TEST  ALL PRI 82995 1425   245  BB 4344 SERVICEMAN CLEARED  07 31 97 723  BB 4341 SERVICEMAN ASSIGNED  07 31 97  06  BB 4340 SERVICE REQUEST  07 31 97  05  BB 4322 CLEAR FOLLOW UP  07 30 97  44  MAO 4620 CREATE FOLLOW UP       Partial Clear Priority  Minutes Logged to CS History    When an account is partially cleared  event code 4610 is logged   the new priority assigned to the  alarm will be logged as a comment to the subscriber s CS history  Screen 7  Event History View      When an account is partially cleared for a specific number of minutes  event code 4611 is logged    the new priority assigned to the alarm and the number of minutes for which the alarm is partially  cleared will be logged as a comment to the subscriber s CS history  Screen 7  Event History View    A sampleis shown below     EE TEE Copia  DIER ee E EENS er Sit  04 19 94 18 43 38 AAM 4610 PART CLR W AUTO MIN    5 22 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Event History Comments    The order in which account data change events and comments are displayed has been changed to  be more consistent  Recall that events and comments were listed in chronological order with the  most recent event or comment listed first  This display would result in having event related  comments listed a
139. ent listed on the report   only a description of the event will beincluded    ONE SUBSCRIBER PER PAGE   Y indicates that you want the information for each account to be printed on a separate page   Enter N to print the information for more than one account on a single page    SEGMENTED OR CONTINUOUSTIME    S indicates you want to include events which occurred between specific hours over a range of  days     Example  The selected sample parameters would yield the following results     Parameters  Results              Segmented time    The report will include all events  start date  which occurred between 14 00 and  through date  16 00 on 9  1  9  2  and 9  3     start time   through time        C indicates you want to include events which occurred beginning with a specific date and time   through a specific date and time     Example  The selected sample parameters would yield the following results     Parameters   Results    Continuous time  The report will include all events  start date  which occurred between 9  1 at 14 00    through date  and 9  3 at 16 00     start time   through time        The following command line options have been added to this screen   SAVE    You may enter S to save the sort and search criteria that you have specified for the report  When  you access this report  the screen will display the report criteria that was last saved     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 3    D   EFAULT    You may enter D to display the default report criteria  This 
140. er will be selected for change  The wildcard search    characters of   and  may be used in the PRIMARY SELECTION field     In STARTING CS and ENDING CS  select the range of CS accounts which have telephone numbers  potentially eligible for an area code change     Note    If you wish to search all CS accounts  you may wish to ask all other users to sign off for speedier  processing     If you attempt to change the area code of an account currently in use by another user  the message  Account Locked will be displayed when you process the area code change  The system will wait  until the account has been released before continuing        The lower portion of the screen allows you to select the range or ranges of prefixes or suffixes to  which the area code change applies  In the example shown on the previous page  the first three  digits of the phone number will be changed to    888    only for phone numbers which have    555     in the fourth  fifth  and sixth position of the telephone number     In summary  the example above is requesting that the telephone numbers for all CS accounts with  the format 800555 GHIJ be changed to the area code and format 888 555 GH IJ  where GH IJ is  any number between 0000 and 9999     Atthecommand line  enter R  The Central Station software will search the selected CS accounts  to produce a report showing the changes that will take place with the current values shown on  Screen 160  No changes are made at this time  If you selected a large ran
141. essage window where you can select the message that you want to send     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 21    Screen 223 Location Time    Screen 223  Location Time  has been introduced to allow multiple location operations to change the  times displayed on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and Screen 14  Alarm Status M onitor  to reflect atime  that is appropriate for the time zone where the user is located     Location Time CS 0223  Location 2 LOCATION 2  Use Location Time  Y N     Location Time Zone    Location Daylight Savings Group       N ext  S ave       Example   The CS computer system is located in Denver where it is 9 00 a m  Some users are using Denver s  computer system to dispatch alarms  but are at a CS location in California where it is 8 00 a m  If    an alarm comes in to the computer system at exactly 9 00 a m   computer time   this feature  allows the remote  California  user s to see a time of 8 00 on Screen 14 for this alarm     Screen 244 User Profile Maintenance    The operator type C for Customer Service has been added and may be entered in the op TYP field  for one or more users     For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 51 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     3 22 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 4   Account Data Entry    Faxing Real Time Data Changes to Installers    If you have the Fax Interface Feature  you now have the option to fax changes made to  subscriber   s account immediately after you have s
142. etters  6 19  Requesting CFR Letters  6 19     D     Datalink From Flat File  7 35  Define A ccount Information for CFR Letters   6 19    Define Fax Cover Pages  See Fax Cover Page  Definitions  Define Page M essages  See Page Message  Definitions  Delayed Alarm Maintenance  5 28  Processing Delayed Alarms  5 28  Delayed Alarm Option  5 10  5 28  Delete Accounts  7 3  7 6  7 15  See Account  Deletion Request  Detailed Account Activity Printout  6 9  Dispatch Action Report  6 26  Dispatching on Both Systems  6 26  New Fields  6 26  Dispatch Instructions  See Primary Dispatch  Instructions  Dispatching  5 1  Account Release Warning  5 8  Additional Passcard Information  5 7  After Hours Timer Tests  5 6  Clear Test Window  5 5  Creating Multiple Follow up Events  5 10  Display Options for Alarm Buffer Screens   5 8  Excessive Number of Signals Warning  5 9  Fallback Location Processing  5 12  Fax Server Checked Automatically  5 9  Generating Service Tickets  5 9  Multiple Tests for a Single Account  5 4  Operator Action Window  5 1  Passcard Information Retained  5 9  Processing Delayed Alarms  5 10  Processing Scheduled Alarms  5 6  Scheduling Zones to be On Test  5 1  Screen 0  Main Menu  5 14  Screen 1  Phone Cross Reference  5 14  Screen 10  Cross Reference Guide  5 25  Screen 13  Follow up Inquiry  5 26  Screen 14  Alarm Status Monitor  5 26  Screen 185  Delayed Alarm Maintenance   5 28  Screen 19  Master Passcard View  5 27  Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  5 15  Screen 20  Site
143. event has  been received  see Page 7  example  1      The CS system first checks the selected subscriber account for a pager  If none is found  the CS  system checks the account for the installer assigned to the selected subscriber account  Finally  if  no pager is found for the subscriber or installer account  the CS system checks the EM PLIST  account     N indicates that whenever a user requests to send a page associated with a sed ected page  message  the CS system will prompt the user to select the pager to which the message will be sent   The user will also be prompted to enter comments that will be sent in addition to the selected  page message     RETRYS    The maximum number of times the CS system will attempt to send a page associated with a  selected page message  If the CS system attempts to send a page the maximum number of times  and is unsuccessful  the NOT SENT CD is logged to the page recipient   s account  A late event or  alarm may also be generated  depending on the response code assigned to the event code used as  the NOT SENT CD     FOLLOWUP MINS    The number of minutes that will dapse before page confirmation event is considered late  When  a page is successfully sent with the message  a confirmation follow up event is automatically  scheduled  This event is cleared when the page recipient contacts the Central Station  The  follow up event must be cleared by an operator within the alotted number of minutes  otherwise  the followup event will be conside
144. f Characters Before Next Character    IGON To Begin       Use the following fields to enter the specified information   START DATE  TIME and END DATE  TIME    Enter the range of times and dates for which you want to analyze operator responses     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 23    1ST CALL   Enter the event type for which you would like to analyze the operator responses to be counted   For example  if you wanted to measure the operator responses to all fire alarms  enter FIRE in the  Jar CALL field    SIGNAL COUNT   Enter the event type for operator responses you want to count  For example if you wanted to    measure the number of calls an operator made between the time an alarm was received and the  time it was fully cleared  enter CALL in the SIGNAL COUNT field     Note    Only operator responses which have been assigned the event type you specify in SIGNAL COUNT    will be included in the count  If an operator performs an action having a different event type or  which had not been assigned an event type  the event would not be included in the count        The report is printed to a flat file  INCIDENT TXT  having the format shown below     CS    Date of alarm  1st Signal   Time of Alarm   Event Code of 1st Signal   Event Type of 1st Signal  Priority of 1st Signal   Date of 1st Pull Down   Time of 1st Pull Down   Date of 1st Operator Response  Time of 1st Operator Response  Signal Count   Date of Full Clear   Time of Full Clear   Event Code of Full Clear  Event 
145. f the report that pertains to them     When you do fax this report  the Fax Passcard Selection Window will display  For more  information on this feature  refer to the A ppendix B at the end of this manual     The order for how events and comments are printed has been changed  Events and comments  were printed in chronological order with the most recent event or comment listed first  This  would result in having event related comments listed above the events because the comments  were logged after the events  Events are still listed in chronological order  but now the events are  listed first and the event related comments are listed beneath the events  This makes it easier to  distinguish the comments that are associated with the events     Additionally  comments are now printed with the events that were created for subaccounts     6 4 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 25 CS Short Printout    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 12 through 8 13 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The following print fields have been added to this report     59 TERM DT 64 CONT EXP  60 SS INST1 65 WAR EXP  61 SSINST2 66 SS CONT  62 SSINST3 67 GD CONT  63 SS AREA    Common overflow will not beincluded on this report     Screen 26 Late Event Report   For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 14 through 8 15 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual    The following new sort options have been added to this report    SORT BY DATE   If you w
146. f you have entered Y in the INCLUDE SSACCOUNT   Y  N  field     The alternate ID will be copied from the source account to the destination account     If you choose to place the new account out of service  the default out of service category from  Screen 107  OOS Category File M aintenance will be used     M AS Central Station  5 50 67 Account D ata Entry 4 23    Whenever a new account is created by copying information from an existing account  event code  4970  Account Added  will be logged to the history of the new account if you are using  Datachange Logging  The account number of the existing account from which information was  copied will be displayed in the PAS  com field for that event     08 30 95 10 12 53 COMMENT SCR 242   CS  001 0004  08 30795 1312353 AND 4970 ACCOUNT ADDED 001 0004    M ore  P rev   N ext  D isp  Gren    4 24 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 5   Dispatching    Operator Action Window    For more information on this window  refer to page 5 34 through 5 56 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     You may now enter a comma     in the PAscom field to view alist of passcards for an account   The Passcard Lookup Window is used to select the passcard that should be entered in the  Operator Action Window     If you are performing dispatch actions on the non monitoring system  they will not be recorded to  the reports generated from Screen 297  Disposition by Account Report  Screen 298  O perator Statistics  Report  and Scr
147. for the SCYPAG process  These changes to the SKY PAG process will only be  effective for pages sent to the number specified in this screen  Pages sent to any number that does  not havea record in this screen will use the standard SKYPAG process as defined in Screen 958     OUTBOUND BAUD RATE    The baud rate  or speed  at which outgoing message will be transmitted  An entry in this field  will supersede the default baud rate in the SKYPA GE M DM file  The customization that you  make to the SKY PAGE M DM file will only be effective for pages sent to the phone number  specified in this screen  Pages sent to any number that does not have a record in this screen will  use the standard SKYPA GE M DM file to determine the modem characteristics for the page     xxiv Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    MODEM INITIALIZATION STRING    The string of commands that will prompt the modem to send the message to the pager assigned  phone number specified in this screen  See your modems technical documentation for the  command format you should use to change the factory defaults  An entry in this field will  supersede the entire SKYPAGE MDM file  The customization that you make to the  SKYPAGE MDM file will only be effective for pages sent to the phone number specified in this  screen  Pages sent to any number that does not have a record in this screen will use the standard  SKYPAGE M DM file to determine the modem characteristics for the page     LINE TERMINA
148. formed for a subscriber   s account on or beforea  specific date and time  When a follow up event is created for an account  the follow up event is  displayed as a reminder whenever the account is selected on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch     Previously  only one follow up event could exist for an account at any time  Now  up to 99  follow up events may exist for an account    Creating a Follow up Event   A user may create a follow up event by selecting an account on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and  logging event code 4620  Create Follow up  in the Operator Action Window   The user is    prompted to enter the date and time by which the follow up event is to be completed  as well as a  description of the action to be taken     Create Follow Up    TIME  07 15 96 10 00 LATE ALARM  Y    SCHEDULE FIRE SYST  INSPECTION       The LATE ALARM  Y N  field has been added to the Create Follow Up window     5 10 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    If you specify Y  then the follow up event will go into alarm if the event has not been cleared by  the specified date and time  If you enter N  then two things will occur  First  the event will be  logged as a 4616  Create No Alarm Follow up  instead of a 4620  this change is made  automatically by the system   Second  the follow up event will not go into alarm if the event has  not been cleared by the specified date and time  Instead  the late event will just be logged to the  Event History  To usethis feature  you must set up additional foll
149. fter Hours Timer Test  the prompt will say NEXT  AHT instead of NEXT ATI     Scheduled Alarm Processing    You now have the ability to create schedules for specific types of alarms  With this schedule you  will specify the allowable increments of time that can occur between the opening and closing  events before the account goes into alarm  For example  you may have a refrigerator door that is  opened and closed many times during the day  However  you may not want that refrigerator  door to be opened for more than 15 minutes at a time  For more information on how these  schedules are set up  refer Chapter 4  Account Data Entry  in this manual     If you use this feature you should assign a restoral to the opening event  When the opening event  is received  the system sets up an expected restoral event to occur within the time frame specified  in the Late Close Window on the schedule  You may view the expected events for the account in  Screen 5  Timed Event Entry     If the restoral is not received within the time frame specified on the schedule  a late event is  logged to the subscriber   s account  This late event is determined by the late event assigned to the  closing event code the schedule     You may still use operator actions  such as Advanced Irregular Setup  event code 4850  and  Advanced Open Setup  event code 4815   with these types of schedules     5 6 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Additional Passcard Information    The additional phone numbers and 
150. ge  S ave       For each CFR letter you may now   e Enter adescription  up to 40 characters  of the letter     e Enter codes to define the account information that will be included in the letter  This allows  you to include just the right amount of information in the CFR letter for your customers     e Review alist of codes that may be used by entering C at the command line  Each code must  be entered at the beginning of aline and must be the only entry on the line     The printing of each piece of requested account information will begin on a new line and will use  as many lines as needed to print all of the requested information    Requesting a CFR Letter   You may print a CFR letter for an account even if no changes have been made to the account s  data  To request a CFR letter for an account  access Screen 42  Account Update and enter CFR at    the command line  The CFR Letter Selection window will be displayed where you can enter the  number that corresponds to the letter you want printed     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 19    Screen 282 Out Of Service On Test Accounts Listing    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 67 through 8 68 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     This printout will include the alternate ID for each account  An alternate ID may be assigned to  each account on Screen 42  Account U pdate  However  if you specify the range of FIRST to LAST    when selecting the alternate IDs that should be printed  those accounts 
151. ge of accounts  this  report may take several hours to produce  When the process is complete  the report is printed  and the Main Menu will be displayed     Check the report carefully looking for telephone numbers that should not be included  Itis  important to obtain a report that contains no errors before starting the actual change process     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 17    When you are certain that you have an error free copy of the Area Code Change Report  return to  Screen 160 and complete each field with the exact data shown in the top section of the error free  Area Code Change Report     At the command line  type CHANGE and press Enter  Your computer now processes a final  Area Code Change Report  When completed  the screen displays the following message     Did the Change Report Print OK     Enter Y if the report printed  or enter N if you need to print another copy  N ext  the following  message is displayed     Did the Exception Report Print OK     Enter Y if the report printed  or enter N if you need to print another copy  Review the Phone  Number Exception Report to determine if you need to make any changes manually     A sample Phone N umber Edit List is shown on the following page     Sample Monitoring Co    Phone Number Edit List   CS  to 2222222222  abc 800   New Format  888 def ghij    CS Number Old Phone Number Phone Number Source    001 0012 800 555 0560 555 0560 CS Phone 1  800 555 2403 555 2403 CS Phone 2    001 0025 800 555 3
152. ged  Enter  FIRST to begin with the first account on file   ACCOUNT ENDING RANGE   The last account in the range of accounts that will determine which event history is purged  Enter  LAST to begin with the first account on file    START DATE   The date from which event history will be purged and  or archived  This date defaults to the day  after the last time you ran this utility  If you have never run this utility before  the date will default  to O1  OU 68    END DATE   The date up to which event history will be purged and  or archived  This dateis limited to the  number of days specified in the MIN HISTORY RETENSION  DAYS  field in Screen 101  Processing    Options  For example  if 30 days is entered in that field  then the end date may not be more than 30  days from the start date     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 11    ARCHIVE DIRECTORY NAME    The directory that links the system to the optical drive  This is the directory to which the archived  event history will be written  This directory must be set up by MAS     When you enter GO  you will receive a message indicating the percentage of space that has been  used on the optical disk  When the utility is finished  you may print the archived history using  Screen 241  History Archive Printout     Screen 134 Cancellation Purge    This program has been deleted from CS and moved to B  R  Account Cancellations are now  purged in the Billing and Receivables application     Screen 142 CS Event Code Chang
153. ger Passcard  and the PIN    may be entered in the PHONE 2 field  If you use this option  PAG must be the first 3  characters of the passcode  e g  the passcode could be PAGE or PAG followed by a number  as documented above      e The phone number may be entered in either PHONE field for the Pager Passcard  The  extension entered in the x field for the pager phone number must be PAGE  The PIN  must  be entered in thenotesfield  If you use this option  then PAG does not have to be the first 3  characters of the passcode  you may enter any passcode you wish      LEVEL  All passcards must be assigned a level  You may wish to use a passcard level with no access    privileges and which indicates that this passcard belongs to a pager  as shown in the example    Recall that passcard levels are defined on Screen 58  Passcard Level Update     xii Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 47 Primary Dispatch Information    This screen may be used to include a pager on a call list for a subscriber account  Recall that a call  list is a list of contacts  agencies  or installers who may be contacted when azoneis tripped  The  call list may be displayed to CS dispatchers on the Alarm Dispatch screen and used to dial the  teleohone numbers shown on the call list     MAS Primary Dispatch Information    DC Sar OO Oxi  BIG D S SANDWICHES  4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD     2 Page Dispatch Text  3 PERMANENT Date  FIRE ALARM   DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS  Thru  CALL FD   CALL S
154. gn a block of accounts to an installer  and one or more accounts within the block  have already been used  the Assignment Preview window is displayed as shown below     000  023  028  033  038  043  048  053  058    i  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9    PRPRPPRPRPRPREE    TO BE  TOTAL       002  024  029  034  039  044  049  054  059    PRPRPPRPRPRPRE    ASSIGNED   SKIPPED     A ssign  B lkasgn     INST      CS Number A    ssignment    000    Assignment Preview    Accounts Already Assign Active    1 004  025  030  035  040  045  050  055  060    PRPRPPRPRPERER    18  Sul  C onlinue or O uit assign    D eassign   2 CSN   S TO ASSIGN    1    PRPRPRPRPRPEER    021  026  031  036  041  046  051  056  061    SEL    PRPRPPRPRPRPREE    U nasgnblk  M ore  N ext B     FROM TO        all 10    When this window is displayed  you may press C to assign the available  unassigned  accounts to  the installer  If you do not wish to assign the available accounts to the installer  pressQ     7 20 Utilities and Repairs    MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 196 Global ZD Page Search    This new program allows you to search for accounts that have been assigned global dispatch  pages based on designated event code s   A report will be printed listing each account that has a  global dispatch page assignment  which met the specified report criteria  The report will also list  the zone to which each global dispatch page is assigned     Global ZD Page Search CS 0196    i  Owes  CMS  YP Cre wineries  rei  2 
155. gnals are received  for an account within a designated period of time    To use this feature set up the following information on Screen 901  Receiver   Redundancy Options     e EXCESSIVE SIGNAL TIME SPAN   Enter the period of time  in minutes  in which the maximum  number of signals is consider excessive     e EXCESSIVE SIGNAL COUNT  Enter the maximum number of signals that may be received within  the designated time period     If the maximum number of signals are received for a subscriber   s account within the specified  time span  event code 3922 is logged to the subscriber   s history  This feature is only used for  signals that have a response code of 2  Always Log Only     FULL STATUS REPORT   RSIA   Typically  receiver output programs process only new signals  status updates are ignored  If this  field is setto Y  status updates may be recorded for signals received from a Radionics receiver  using the SIA format    FOREIGN SYSTEM HOST ID   The machine to which the accounts specified in Screen 333  Emergency Backup Configuration  Definition  will be backed up  For example  you might enter A or B  Enter N if you do not use this  feature    ISTHISSYSTEM X SITE REDUNDANT   Enter Y if this local system will be backing up accounts to the machine specified in the FOREIGN    SYSTEM HOST ID field  Enter N if this local system will not be backing up accounts to the    foreign     machine     8 2 Receivers R edundancy M AS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67    NEXT DELETED ACCOU
156. go to the Test Functions window where you will create the new test     Using the Test List Window as a View Window    You may also use the following screens to access the Test List window to view alist of tests for a  single account     e Screen2 Alarm Dispatch  VT command   e Screen A0 Site  Sub Cross Reference  VT   est  command   e Screen3 Zone Event History View  VT   est command     When in the Test List window  you may use the D    etail command to view detail for a specific  test  This feature is available regardless of whether you are using the Test List window asa  selection window or a view window     To view detail for a specific tests  enter D followed by the line number corresponding to the test  for which you want to view detail  The Test List Detail window will display    Test List Detail       This window lists all of the zones which have been placed on test  This feature is useful if you  want to create an additional test for the same account and you need to check which zones are  already on test  or you want to append the list of zones currently on test     Clear Test Window  When you have both a primary and asecondary account displayed and you log event 4211  Clear    Test   thes  field in the Clear Test window now allows you to specify B  Both   This option  allows you to simultaneously clear both the primary and secondary accounts     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 5    After Hours Timer Tests    A new feature has been added that enables the s
157. he account  the Page Passcard  Selection window will display so that you can select the technician that you want to page  The  technician you select will be the technician who receives the automatic pages     When you initially view the Alphanumeric Pager M essages Window  the page message may  default from one of two places     1  The page message may default from the selected test category  Page messages are assigned  to test categories in Screen 110  On Test Category M aintenance  If the page message defaults  from the test category  then you will not be paging the technician at the start of the test   Rather  you will be setting the page parameters by specifying the technician who will receive  the automatic pages  The page message assigned to the selected test category will be used for  the automatic pages     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xxi    2  If you haveY entered in the PAGE TECH ON TEST START field in Screen 101  Processing Options   then the page message will default from event code 3887  Page Test Start   which is logged to  the technician   s account  With this option  you may select another page message for the  initial page or use the one that has defaulted  If you elect not to page the technician at the  start of the test  the account will be placed on test and the system will set up an expected  event for the automatic paging of the test signals  The technician that you selected to receive  the initial page will be the rec
158. he account on  Screen 2 or 502  the account will be displayed in View Only mode for the second user     Whenever an account is in use on Screen 2 and another user attempts to access the account on  Screen 2 or 502  the account will be displayed in View Only mode for the second user     5 18 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Alarms Displayed as Underlined or in Reverse Video    Analarm will be displayed in reverse video if its priority is less than or equal to the priority  designated in the MAX PRIORITY ON CS 002 field on Screen 101  Processing Options     Analarm will be underlined if its priority is greater than the priority designated in themax  PRIORITY ON CS 002 field on Screen 101  Processing O ptions     Restorals May be Rescheduled    To reschedule the expect date and time for a restoral  log event code 4228  Reschedule Restoral  Needed  You will be prompted to enter the new expected date and time for the restoral   However  there is an option in Screen 101  Processing Options  that allows you to define the  maximum amount of time  in minutes  that can occur before the restoral must be logged  For  example  if the maximum is 30 minutes  then you may reschedule a restoral for no later than 30  minutes from the current date and time     An Alarm may be Temporarily Suppressed and then Automatically Cleared    A new event code  4607  has been created which allows you to suppress an alarm for a specific  period of time  When the alarm is suppressed it is assigned
159. he following sort fields have been added     UL CODE MAIL FREQUENCY  MD PRIMARY ATI   PT KEY NUMBER  OOS DATE WO NUM   OOS CATEGORY    If you are using the option in Screen 101  Processing Options  that allows the user to customize the  name of work order number fields throughout the system  then this sort field will reflect the fidd  name specified in Screen 101     Screen 205 Combined Activity Report    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 33 through 8 35 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     You may sort this report by ALT ID  This option allows you to print a report where accounts are    listed in order of their alternate ID numbers  An ALT ID may be assigned to each account on  Screen 42  Account Update    Screen 210 Summary Activity Report    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 36 through 8 37 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     You can now sort the report by work order numbers  If you are using the option in Screen 101     Processing Options  that allows the user to customize the name of work order number fields  throughout the system  then this sort field will reflect the field name specified in Screen 101     6 8 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Three new primary and secondary sort options have been added to this report  ALT ID  TELCO  LINE   and ACCOUNT TYPE     Two new fields have been added to this report  START START DATE and END START DATE     This report has been changed from printing period head
160. he report  In END  enter the CS  of the  last account you want to include in the report    SORT BY INST   Enter Y to list the account numbers assigned to each installer  as well as a subtotal of active   inactive  and open account numbers for each installer  The account numbers will be grouped  and printed by installer number     Enter N to print the account numbers in order according to the account number     6 16 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    PAGE BREAK    This field is relevant only if you choose to sort the report by installer range  Enter Y if you wish to  print the account numbers for each installer on a separate page  Enter N if the account number  for more than one installer may be printed on one page     In field 8 the A   SSIGNED option has been renamed to the A   CTIVE option  The functionality has  remained the same  The E   RROR option has been added  You may enter E to list those accounts  with an installer assigned in Screen 172  CS Number Assignment  that does not match the installer  assigned to the account in Screen 42  Account Update     The START ASSIGN DATE and END ASSIGN DATE fields have been added so that you can print the  report for a range of specific assignment dates  The assignment date will print on the report     Screen 277 Passcard Printout  For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 61 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   The FROM LEVEL and TO LEVEL fields have been added so that you can specify which passcards    
161. henever the event code is used to request fax and the AUTO SEND is set to Y for the cover page   on Screen 125   the CS system will immediately send the fax to the first fax machine for the  account  installer  or employee list  The default cover page will automatically accompany the fax     Whenever the event code is used to send a fax and the AUTO SEND is Set to N for the cover page   on Screen 125   the user will be prompted to send the default fax cover page or to select a  different fax cover page to send     MIN USER LEVEL  This fidd may be used to restrict the users who may make a request to send a fax     The MINIMUM USER LEVEL  0  4 allowed  assigned to an event code controls the minimum security  level a user must have been assigned for before he will be allowed to log the event code on Screen 2   The user s security level  0  7  for Screen 2 is designated on Screen 360  Program U ser Security  Entry M aintenance     For example  if a user has been assigned a security level of 3 for Screen 2 and attempts to log an  event code having a minimum user level of 2  the user will not be allowed to log the event code     SPCL FLAGS    For the event codes which will automatically send a fax whenever the event is received  this field  is used to define the fax machine to whom the message will be sent as well as the fax cover page  which will be sent     If you wish to send a fax automatically to the first fax machine defined for the account  enter FA  immediately followed by 
162. hether you want to only print a report of customers  marked for deletion  PO  or to print the report and delete customers at the same time  PD      7  IN SUMMARY PRINT  enter Y if you wish to print a summary report of accounts selected for  deletion  A summary report prints one line of information for each account including the CS  number  account name  location  and area  Enter N if you wish to print a detailed report     8  IN DETAIL PRINT  enter Y if you wish to print a detailed report of accounts selected for  deletion     9  IM ONE ACCOUNT PER PAGE  enter Y if you wish to print the information for each account on  separate pages  Enter N if the information for more than one account may be printed on each    page     If you chose the PO options  enter GO at the command line to begin printing a report of  accounts selected for deletion     If you chose the PD option  the following message and command line appears   WARNING  YOU ARE ABOUT TO DELETE A SERIES OF ACCOUNTSAND THEIR  ASSOCIATED INFORMATION  HISTORY  ACTIVITIES ETC   RUN THIS WITH  EXTREME CAUTION AND ONLY AFTER PRINTING ALL ACCOUNT DETAIL FOR  ARCHIVAL STORAGE  THERE ISNO RECOVERY FROM THIS PROCEDURE   ENTER  DELETE ALL TO PROCEED    Type DELETE ALL to print a listing of the accounts selected for deletion  Press any other key  to abort the deletion process  When the report has printed  the following message and  command line appear     WARNING    THIS IS YOUR VERY LAST CHANCE TO EXIT FROM THIS NON RECOVERABLE  D
163. ign one set of  function keys that have specific event codes assigned to them  Function key assignments are  set up using Screen 104  Function Key Assignment U pdate     You may now control the maximum number of days for which specific types of users may  place an account on test  The maximum number of days an account may be placed on test is  defined in the MAX  DAYSON TEST field on Screen 101  Processing Options  On Screen 64  each  user is assigned an operator type    Users which have been assigned an operator type of    supervisor    may place an account on  test for five times the number of days defined on Screen 101  Users which have been  assigned an operator type of    manager    may place an account on test for ten times the  number of days defined on Screen 101     Example  On Screen 101  the maximum number of days an account may be placed on test is  defined as 1 day  A supervisor would be able to place an account on test for up to 5 days  A  manager would be able to place an account on test for up to 10 days     The new SUP BKTK WARN field has been added so that you can determineif you want to  suppress the background task warnings on Screens 14 and 214 for specific users     You may now use this screen to create terminal specific security for screens 2 8  You may set  up a specific terminal as a    user     In the USER field  enter   followed by the 3 digit CRT  number and a security access code  0 9 or A Z   For example  you might enter  3336 to  assign security
164. ill be included on a fax cover page on Lines 1 through 20   Each line may contain up to 70 characters across  from left to right margin      You may include specific text  such as    Alarm Notification Fax    as shown in the sample above  as  well as codes to represent variable information  such as a subscriber telephone number  To  include variable information  use the codes shown in Table 2     Note that each piece of information represented by a code occupies a specific amount of space on  aline  For example  a premise address takes up 30 characters or spaces on a line  If you position  a variable piece of information on a line and the line does not contain enough space to  accommodate it  the variable information may be truncated when the cover page is printed     On each line  enter the text and codes in the order and format you want them to appear on the  cover page     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B TheFax Inteface Feature xxxi    Table 2  Fax Cover Page Code Definitions    haracters   12    CS    Secondary CS   CSName   Premise Address  Premise A ddress 2  Premise City  St  Zip  Installer CFR Name  Installer Address  Installer City  St  Zip  Fax Phone    Installer M sg 1  Installer M sg 2  Installer M sg 3  Installer M sg 4  BR    UL Code    Alt ID    Map Location   C S  Callback Phone   Premise Phone 1  Premise Phone 2  Alarm Date  Time  Alarm Zong Desc  Alarm Zone Comment  Event Datei Time   Event Zone  Desc   Event Zone Comment     FAX Phone     FAX Recipi
165. indow  you can verify that you entered the correct information and that the dispatch  page will be effective at the appropriate times     Temporary  Zone Specific Dispatch Instructions    You may set up temporary dispatch instructions which apply to all zones or to just a specific list  of zones  To set up temporary instructions which apply to a specific zone or set of zones enter the  special code   ZO NES  lt zonel zone2    gt   on any line of the temporary dispatch instructions  For  example  if you wanted a page of temporary instructions to apply only to zones 1 and 3  you  would enter  ZONES 1 3 on any line of the page of temporary instructions     To assign a temporary  zone specific dispatch page to a zone  use the zPG field in Screen 43  Zone    Event Code U pdate  If the zone has already been assigned to a permanent  zone specific page  then  when you create the temporary  zone specific dispatch page  make sure that you use the same  page number as the permanent dispatch page  For example  if you have assigned page 15  which  is permanent  to a group of zones and you want to create a temporary  zone specific dispatch  page for those same zones  then you should specify page 15 and the range of dates for which you  want the temporary page to be effective     Screen 48 Overflow Maintenance  For more information on this screen  refer to page 4 53 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     The P   rev command has been added so that you can view and update previous ove
166. ings to printing the month and first date  of the reporting period as seen in the following example     DEMO ALARM COMPANY PAGE 1  SUMMARY ACTIVITY REPORT  210   INST 0 TO 999999 CS   FIRST THRU LAST  CURRENT PERIOD  01 01 92 THROUGH  01 31 92 REPORT PERIODS  1 THRU  13 REPORTING CODES  0   Z    INST  50 CATCH A CROOK    11 1234 AVERY PLASTICS INC    AUG 1 JUL 1 JUN 1 MAY 1 APR 1 MAR 1 FEB 1 JAN 1 DEC 1 NOV 1 OCT 1 SEP 1 AVG PR AV SUB  6    OPENS  TOTALS       Screen 222 Detailed Account Activity Printout    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 45 through 8 47 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If you are using the option to fax changes made to an account immediately to the installer  assigned to the account  this report is one of the reports that will be faxed  This report will  include changes made to the account within the last 24 hours  The report will print event codes  corresponding to the data changes  4960   4999  along with related comments  For more  information on the feature for Faxing Real Time Data Changes to Installers  see Chapter 4   Account Data Entry  in this manual     If you choose to print a list of deleted accounts  deletion list   the termination date for each  account will be printed on the report     If you use Home Detention Monitoring  the INCLUDE TIMER TESTS  Y  N  field will now include or  exclude the HDM timer test event codes  9901   9910  on the report     You may now print the report for the reporting codes only
167. ion index is more than 80    percent full  You may rebuild the dispatch action index or purge the dispatch action files using  Screen 136  Dispatch A ctions Purge     This buffer screen will not    beep    for alarms with a priority which is lower than the DIM PRIORITY  entered on Screen 101  Processing O ptions     This screen will now display MASlink errors if the communication server for MASlink for  Windows has not processed the information in the    outbox    directory in the last 30 minutes     For more information on the above Screens 214 and 230  refer to pages 6 53 through 6 55 in the  Central Station Instruction M anual     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 29    5 30 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 6   Reporting    Alternate Reporting Codes for Event Codes    The ALTERNATE REPORTING CODE  Y  N  Field has been added to the following screens so that you  can print the report with the event codes classified by their alternate reporting codes     e Screen 204 Excessive Activity Report  e   Screen 205 Combined Activity Report  e Screen 210 Summary Activity Report    You may specify an alternate reporting code for an event code in Screen 51  Event Code U pdate     And Or Logic  The AND  OR LOGIC FOR SELECTION FIELDS  A  O  Field has been added to the following reports     e Screen 204 Excessive Activity Report  e Screen 205 Combined Activity Report  e Screen 286 Special Alarm Printout by Resolution Code Ranges     Entering A will specify that
168. ipient of the automatic pages  The page message assigned to  the selected test category will be used for the automatic pages     Automatically Paging Technicians    Based on the number minutes specified in the AUTOPAGE TEST RESULTS FREQ MIN  and AUTOPAGE  TEST RESULTSLNG MIN  fields in Screen 101  Processing Options  the test results will be paged  automatically at a specific intervals for a designated period of time  For example  a technician  may be paged every 5 minutes for 30 minutes  When a technician is automatically paged  the  Alphanumeric Pager Messages window will not display  The page is initiated by the system     During the specified interval of time  the system checks the account   s history for the test signals  that have been sent  Only those signals that occurred during that interval will be paged  If no  signals have been received during one interval  then the system will wait for the next interval and  check the account again for test signals that need to be paged  During each interval  the system  sets up an expected event for the automatic page  This event is event code 3989  A utopage Test  Results   You can view these expected events in Screen 5  Timed Event Entry  or Screen 12  Late  Event View   Each time a page occurs  the system logs that event to the history for the account on  test as well as the technician   s account  Test signals will continue to be paged to the technician  until the time period defined by the AUTOPAGE TEST RESULTSLNG MIN  fiel
169. ish to print a list of late events according to the date the event became late     enter D in thesorr BY field    SORT BY INSTALLER   If you wish to print a list of late events for a specific installer   s accounts  or  for a range of installer accounts  enter I in the sort BY field     Screen 27 Common Overflow Printout  For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 16 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   The PRINT PGS WITH TEMP DATE  TIME ONLY  Y  N  fiad has been added to this report  Entering Y    will print only the temporary common overflow pages that fall within specified range of common  overflow pages     Screen 28 Common Overflow Membership Printout  This new report prints a list of accounts which have been assigned a particular page of common    overflow information  You will specify the range of common overflow pages for which the report  is to be printed     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 5    Screen 71 Event Code Printout  For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 17 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   You may now sort this report according to the priority that was entered for the event code  The    report will be printed in numerical order according to the priority number  Event codes with the  same priority will be subsorted numerically    The PRINT COMMENTS  Y  N  field has been added so that you can include or exclude comments  that have been entered for event codes in Screen 51  Event Code U pdate     The altern
170. ithout Expected Events  e Screen 281 Customer File Report   e Screen 282 Out of Service  On Test Account Listing    When sending a single fax  you may choose to include fax information for a single account for a  single installer or a range of accounts for a single installer  If you are batch faxing  you may  include information for a range of accounts for a range of installers     Batch faxing allows you to simultaneously send a separate fax to all of the installers included in  the range you have specified for the report  In order to use the batch faxing option  you must sort  the report you are faxing by installer  In addition  you must have appropriate fax passcards set  up for each installer  otherwise  the installer will not receive the fax  When batch faxing from  reports  the only installers that will receive the fax are the ones who have passcards with FA X     where    is the number identifying the fax machine to which the fax will be sent  entered in the  PASSCODE field in Screen 46  P asscard U pdate  For information on setting up fax passcards  see  pages 10 and 11     xl Appendix B TheFax Interface Feature MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Notes    In order to batch fax from Screen 262  you must create a passcard with FA X263 entered as the  passcode for each installer who is to receive the report generated from Screen 262   This screen  actually uses Screen 263 to generate the report  which is why you must enter FA X263 as the  passcode   On Screen 262  the insta
171. ive Event Activity CS  O0T3 SARC    P urge  A rchive  or B oth B  Event Class Or  ALL   A Z  ALL  Mailing Freq Or  ALL   MWBNQ  ALL  Account Starting Range FIRST  Account Ending Range LAST    Start Date 08 01 97  End Date 09 30 97    Archive Directory Name   ARCDEV       Or  GO        7 10 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Fields   P   URGE  A   RCHIVE  OR B   OTH   Enter P to purge the event history  If you purge you may select use fields 2 through 5 to  determine which event activity is purged  Enter A to archive the event history  The cursor will  move down to field 6  you cannot use the selection criteria if you are archiving history  Enter B to  purge and archive the event history  Again  the cursor will move to field 6    EVENT CLASSOR    ALL     A Z    Enter the event class to determine which event history will be purged  For example  you might  enter O to purge all event history assigned to event class O  which is reserved Open  Close  events  Enter ALL to purgeall event history assigned to all event classes    MAILING FREQ OR    ALL     MWBNQ    Enter one or more mailing frequencies to determine which event history is purged  The system will  purge the event history assigned to the accounts which are assigned to the specified mailing  frequencies  Enter ALL to purge event history for every account assigned to all mailing frequencies   ACCOUNT STARTING RANGE   The first account in the range of accounts that will determine which event history is pur
172. ive number of  signals are received from an account within a designated period of time     For more information  refer to the description of the changes for Screen 101  Processing Options  in  Chapter 3  System Setup  of this manual     Passcard Information Retained as You Move Between Screens    Whenever you access Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  you may be prompted to enter a subscriber   s  passcard  Previously  if you moved from Screen 2 to a data entry screen using the same  subscriber   s account  you were required to re enter the subscriber   s passcard     This feature has been changed as follows  if you access Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  or Screen 18   Account Passcard View  and enter the subscriber   s passcard at the PASSCARD prompt  you will not  be prompted to enter the subscriber   s passcard in the Operator Action window when you log an  event code for the subscriber   s account     Fax Server Status Checked Automatically    If you are using the Fax Interface Feature  the system now automatically checks the status of the  fax server  If the server isin error  then an alarm will be created for the FAXRCVRA or  FAXRCVRB account  depending upon which system has requested the fax software  theA or B  system or both systems   However  If you do not have these accounts set up  then fax server  problems will not be tracked  For more information on the Fax Interface Feature  refer to  Appendix B at the end of this manual     Generating Service Tickets    When you are creating 
173. ke place  enter VT  The Test List    window will display     5 20 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    The Operator Action window now displays when you use any of the following commands   OT   est  CT   est  or RT   est  The event codes 4210  4211  or 4212 are logged in the same manner as  though they were logging from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  If you have set up passcard  comment   or confirmation requirements for these event codes  then you will need to specify that information  in Screen 3 just as you would in Screen 2     If a zone is both on test and runaway  the message T is displayed in the status field  The status  of    on test    take precedence over the    on runaway    status     The P revious option was added to the command line  If you review more than one page of  zones  you may return to the previous page by entering P at the command line     The  ZD  command line option was removed     Screen4 Permanent Schedule Maintenance  If holidays have been assigned to a schedule for an account  theH in the H   dys command line    option will now blink     If no previous passcard has been entered for the account with which you are working  the  PASSCARD prompt will now display when viewing or modifying a schedule  If you are using the     PIC    option  then the PIC prompt will display    Screen5 Timed Event Entry    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 6 34 through 6 35 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If an account has multiple sch
174. l    Screen 118 Event History View   For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 22 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   All reporting codes will be listed  even if no events have been posted for the reporting code     Eighteen reporting codes will be displayed per  page   U se the M  ore and P rev commands to  move to the next or previous page     The heading shows the month and first day of each reporting period     The totals for each reporting period will be displayed on the last  page      7 8 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    The following command line options have been added to this screen   D   ISP    Enter D to move to Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  The account selected in Screen 118 will be displayed  in Screen 2     GEN    Enter G to move to Screen 42  Account Update The account selected in 118 will displayed in  Screen 42     Screen 132 Quick Purge for Event Activity    This utitlity is used to permanently delete event history for your database as of a specified date   This utility is primarily intended to be used by    mega    centers  which are companies with very  large databases  If your company is not a mega center  then you should use Screen 133  Purge  Event Activity  If you are not sure whether this utility would be useful for your company  contact  MAS     Because this utility permanently deletes all event history  use caution before running it  If you  want to retain the original event on the account  purge only specific e
175. l Station  5 50 67 Appendix B The Fax Inteface Feature xxxv    Screen 46 Passcard Update    MAS Passcard Update  Example 1  CS  001 012  S  Installer 100  BIG D S SANDWICHES NATIONAL ALARM CO   4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD     CYPRESS CA 90732  Sequence  Type  S M   Passcode  Name  Long Name  Relation  Phone 1 714 555 1200 x  Note 1 DEE OLSEN FAX  Phone 2 x  Note 2  Level  1 40  20 FAX MACHINE  Expires  User  Gali TEISES       S ave  N ext  M ore  P revious  DEL ete  D isp  G en  or Q ueue    S Passcard Update CS 046    Example 2 cS  001 012  S  Installer 100  BIG D S SANDWICHES NATIONAL ALARM CO   4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD     CYPRESS CA 90732  Sequence 3  Type  S M  S  Passcode BALONEY  Name DEE  Long Name DEE OLSEN  Relation OWNER  Phone 1 714 555 1210 x  Note 1  Phone 2 714 555 1200 x FAX  Note 2  Level  1 40  1 ALL PRIVILEGES  Expires  User  Galil TISES       S ave  N ext  M ore  P revious  DEL ete  D isp  G en  or Q ueue       This screen is used to add or edit information for the fax machines  modems to which you will  send faxes  The information for a fax machine  modem may be set up in two ways     You may set up a passcard for a fax machine  modem as shown in Example 1   You may include a fax machine  modem as one of the telephone numbers for a passcard    holder  contact as shown in Example 2   Phone 1 is a    normal    telephone number at which the  contact can be called  Phone 2 is for a fax machine  modem      xxxvi Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature M AS Central Station
176. l also display  on Screen 2 if the temporary schedule is currently effective     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 15    When setting up an expected open or close event and you change the early or late windows from  the default schedule  the changes you make to those windows are now recorded to the Event  History     TheL field now displays the receiver number and line number for an account  The receiver  number will display in reverse video     When temporary dispatch pages are displayed  the system uses the local time of the subscriber   s  site to determine which temporary dispatch pages should be displayed     Command Line Options    1  When you enter GC to display the sequence of general dispatch pages that have   C ONT  lt page  gt  entered on them  the system will return you to the first general dispatch  page when you have cycled through all of the continuation pages     2  Entering GM now allows you to toggle between the permanent and temporary general  dispatch page that is currently displayed  If thereis no temporary general dispatch page  this  command will not effect the display     3  Entering D now displays the zone dispatch page for the alarm with the highest priority     4  If you havea site account or subaccount displayed  you may now enter X to display Screen  20  Site Sub Cross Reference     5  When calling members of the call list by entering GO  the system will now page members of  the call list if pagers have been added as part of the call list
177. larm  In addition  this report includes the  elapsed time between the receipt of the alarm signal and the time the alarm was resolved     Alarm Occurrence Recap CSS O2IGS     Start CS  FIRST Through CS  LAST  Scare fase 0 Theoughe re 999999    Ist Alarm Start Date 01 01 68 00 00  Through Date 09 27 96 23 59    sie East  Wrieskowweshiey LO Through Priority  ANG  Eeer Petone TA Hegeeugetet  Miete  Seel negen EEO J   ebe IE reakroweaiiesy    Certificated  Non Certificated or Both  C N B        or  GO  to Begin Printing       Use the following fidds to determine what information is included on the report   START CS   THROUGH CS     Use these fidds to determine which accounts will be included on the report     START INST   THROUGH INST   Use these fields to print the report for a specified range of installers  Only those accounts who  have been assigned to an installer that falls within the specified range will be included on the  report    1ST ALARM START DATE   THROUGH DATE   Enter the date and time of the first alarm that will be included on the report as well as the date  and time of the last alarm that should be included on the report    1ST  2ND   3RD PRIORITY  THROUGH PRIORITY  FIELDS 9 14    You may determine which alarms are included on the report by specifying the appropriate  priorities for the event codes as set up in Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  The report will only    include those alarms that fall within the range s  of specified priorities  You may specify up to 
178. levels will be printed on the report     The PRINT ADDITIONAL P   CARD INFO  Y  N  field has been added so that you can determine whether  you want the additional phone numbers and passcard instructions entered for the passcards in  Screen 46  P asscard U pdate  to be included on the report  Enter Y to include the information on the  report  Enter N to exclude the information from printing     The option to enter passcard instructions and additional phone numbers in Screen 46 must be set  up by MAS     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 17    Screen 281 Customer File Report    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 64 through 8 66 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Temporary schedules are not printed on this report     If you are printing this report for a third party account  the system now checks to see if the third  party account has a mailing address set up in Screen 45  M ail To Address U pdate     In field 1  C   S  I   NST  AL   TID you may now enter AL to sort the report by the alternate ID entered  for the customer in Screen 42  Account Update If an alternate ID  ALT ID  has been assigned to a  subscriber   s account  it will be included on the report     Fields 9 and 10 have been renamed to PRINT PASSCARD  Y  N  and PRINT PD  FD PHONE  Y N    respectively  If you are using the    PIC    option to identify passcards  then field 9 will be PRINT  PIC  Y N      Field 11  LETTER NUMBER  1 100   has been added so that you can select which
179. ller range cannot be 0 999999  it must be between that range   eg  0 99 or 100 999999      If you are batch faxing from Screen 24  then you may sort the reports to be faxed by CS account   If you sort this report by CS number  then the accounts selected by the CS sort will be faxed the  portion of the report that pertains to them  For more information  see Chapter 5  Reports     You now have the option to fax changes made to subscriber   s account immediately after you have  saved the change  The fax is sent to the installer assigned to the account  This option must first  be set up by MAS  For moreinformation  see Chapter 4  Account Data Entry        When a user makes a request to send a fax  the user may be prompted to select the cover page to  accompany the fax  on the Fax Cover Page Entry Window  and  or to select the fax  machine  modem to which the fax will be sent  on the Fax Passcard Selection Window      When you make a request to fax a report  the event code used to make the request is logged to the  selected subscriber   s event history and the destination account s event history  if different      Fifteen minutes after you request a fax  the CS system will check the status of the fax and record  its status to the destination account s event history  If the fax was sent successfully  event code  3851  Fax Successful   will be logged to the destination account s event history  If the fax was not  sent successfully  event code 3852  Fax Unsuccessful   will be logged 
180. llows you add up to 12   lines of comment for a zone  When that zone is tripped  you may view these extended zone    comments by entering D Z   where  is the line number of the alarm  at the command line of  Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch     4 14 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 44 Permanent Schedule Maintenance  For information on setting up and modifying schedules  refer to pages 6 21 through 6 28 in the    Central Station Instruction M anual     Temporary schedules can be created for any range of days  as opposed to the previous restriction  that the date range be in one week increments     Event codes may not be changed for a schedule  You must delete the schedule and recreate it  with the new event codes     You may now set up as many as 99 schedules for an account  For accounts where more than one  schedule is used  indicate the schedule which applies to the appropriate zones on Screen 43   Zone Event Code U pdate     A list of all schedules that have already been created for the account may be displayed by  entering a comma in the SCHED field on Screens 4 and 44     If holidays have been assigned to a schedule for an account  theH in the H   dys command line  option will now blink     Screen 44A Holiday List Update    For more information on this screen  refer to page 6 32 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     You may now enter a comma     in the     field to select from a list of holidays  The Holidays  lookup window will display alist of
181. lobal ZD Page Change  7 23   Screen 243  CS Zone Change  7 24   Screen 244  User Profile Maintenance  7 24   Screen 263  Setup Accounts Without  Expected Events  7 25   Screen 302  Expected Event File Repair  7   26   Screen 305  Event File Repair  Enhanced  Version   7 27   Screen 307  Zone Comment File Repair  7   27   Screen 310  Miscellaneous Index Repairs   7 27   Screen 331  Redundancy Status Screen  7   27   Screen 332  Miscellaneous Problem Status  Screen  7 28   Screen 333  X Site Redundancy  Configuration  7 28   Screen 334  B32 to M A SterM ind Network  Definition  7 31   Screen 335  B32 to Webserver N etwork  Definition  7 32   Screen 375  Permit  Agency Renumber  7   34    Screen 397  Datalink From Flat File  7 35   Screen 399  Mass Account Deletion  7 36   Screen 62  Autoskip Definition Entry for  Screen 42  7 1         VRT Action Event Code Entry  View  3 7     W   Work Order Number Fields in Reports  6 1     X     X Site Redundancy   Logging Events for X Site Redundancy  5   24   X Site Redundancy Configuration  7 28    Ki    Zone Comment File Repair  7 27   Zone Comments  See Unlimited Zone  Comments  See Unlimited Zone  Comments   Zone Event Code Update  4 14  Copying Zone Information  4 14  Extended Zone Comments  4 14  New Commands  4 14   Zone Event Code View  5 20  New Commands  5 20    
182. messages replace the global error message    ONE OR MORE BAD TRANSACTIONS  ON FILE    that previously displayed in this screen     Screen 399 Mass Account Deletion    This screen has been removed from the CS system  If you wish to delete a large group of reports   contact MAS support     7 36 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Chapter 8   Receivers Redundancy    Changes That Affect All Receivers    Your system may now accommodate up to 255 receiver records  Receiver records are entered in  Screen 954  Receiver Definition Update  This does not mean that you can have up to 255 receivers  because features like the autologger  lates  and VRTII must also have records entered in Screen  954   MAS must first expand your receiver files in order for this feature to be available     An event may now be used to abort another alarm and subsequently then be wait processed   This is done in Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  by assigning the appropriate wait processing code in  field 7 and then entering B in theA   BORT OK  A   B   ORT field     Abort processing for alarms is not allowed for subaccounts     When an event is logged for a zone  the global dispatch page that will display in the PAGE field on  Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  will be based on the alarm that was generated  not on the event that is  assigned to the zone in Screen 43  Zone   Event Code Update    You may have multiple    I    programs for a single    O    program if you have the same receiver    type     S
183. n an unscheduled open event and the next  expected close event  When a user opens a site on a day where the site is not scheduled to be  opened  you may use this feature to specify for each passcard level the amount of time that  may pass before the next close event should occur  For example  if a user with level 1 opens  the site  you may specify that 180 minutes can pass before the next expected close event   However  auser with level 5 might only be allowed 60 minutes to pass before the next close  event is expected to occur     If you specify an amount in the MINS column for a specific passcard level  that amount will  override the amount entered in the MIN LATE AFTER PV OPEN field on Screen 101  Processing  Options  which applies to all passcard levels     The vet column has been added so you may assign a VRT access level to customers who may  abort alarms  and or test their systems using the VRT II  You may assign one of the following  passcard levels to each type of passcard     A Customer The customer may use the VRT II to abort alarm signals  however   Alarm Abort the customer may not use the VRT II to place his account on test or  Only clear his account from test     B   Both Abort and The customer may usetheVRT II to place his account on test  clear  VRT Access his account from test  or abort alarm signals     Y VRT Access The customer may use the VRT II to place his account on test or clear  Except A bort his account from test  however  the customer may not use th
184. n test     5 2 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    EXPIRE DATE  TIME    The default expiration date and timeis based on the amount of time set up for the on test  category you have selected for the account  You may specify a later date and time  Use the  MM DDYY format for the date and the M ilitary Time format for the time The MAX  DAYSON  TEST field in Screen 101 will determine how long you may place an account on test     ON TEST BY   This field was previously called the ZONE field  Its features and functionality have remained the  same  with the exception of one added feature  You may now enter IND to specify that you are  placing a single zone on test  When you make this entry  the cursor will move to the next field    where you can specify which zone you are placing on test     The entries excp  zgrp  and exgp are no longer case sensitive when placing a specific group of  zones on test     Test Functions Command Line    Using the commands listed in the Test Functions Window  you may perform one or more of the  following tasks     e Create a new test    e Append  or change  the list of zones that you have specified to be placed on test  This  command may not be used if you have placed all zones on test for a given account  You may  also log event code 4217  Append Test  to perform this function     e Change the beginning and  or ending date and time for the test  You may also log event code  4216  Change Test Time  to perform this function     e   Quit what you a
185. nction Key Assignment U pdate  3 18  New Fields  3 18  Function Keys  2 2  3 18  Assigning Events to Function Keys  2 2  3   18  Creating Multiple Function Key Sets  2 2   3 18    B      Generate Service Tickets  5 9  Global Features  2 1    Installer Numbers  2 3   Main Menu Security  2 1   MASterM ind Interface  2 1   Movable Windows  2 4   Multiple Sets of Function Keys  2 2   Operator Messaging  2 2   Passcard vs  PIC  2 3   Unlimited Zone Comments  2 1  Global Receiver Changes  8 1  Global ZD Page Search  7 21  Globla ZD Page Change  7 23     H     History Archive Printout  6 13  Holiday List Update  4 15    Incident Summary File  6 23   Printing the Report  6 23   Setting up Event Types  6 23  Index Rebuild Utility  7 2  Installer Update  3 5   Deleting an Installer  3 5  Installer  OOS Mass Deletion  7 15  Installers   Expanded Installer Numbers  2 3     L     Late Event Report  6 5  New Fields  6 5  Location Time  3 22  Log Changes to History  3 8  4 9     M     Mail To Address Update  4 15  Main Menu  5 14  Main Menu Security  2 1  MAS Concentrator Port Setup  8 4  Mass Account Deletion  7 36  Mass Installer Number Change  7 14  Master Passcard View  5 27  MASterM ind Interface  2 1  Messages  Creating Default Operator M essages  See  Operator Default M essage M aintenance  Sending M essages to Operators  See  Operator Messaging  Miscellaneous Index Repairs  7 27  Miscellaneous Problem Status Screen  7 28    Missing Alarm Signals  See Unknown  Account A ctivity   Mov
186. nd T ask  Status M onitor  will no longer occur     The definition for the SHIFT POS  CHAR field on Screen 954A   Receiver Definition U pdate   Page2   needs to be clarified  This field allows you to delete specific characters that are in a specific  position in the account number  For example  aCS number is 12 0123 and your company doesn t  want that zero in any of the CS numbers  You would set this field up as follows     SHIFT POS  CHAR  4 0    Any CS number that comes in with 0 as the 4th position will be deleted and the remaining  numbers will be moved to the left one character  The result would be changed to 12 123     When you use the P   age command on this screen  receivers that have a receiver type of SUR2 now  go to Screen 954C  This screen is identical to Screen 954A  But Screen 954C allows for unlimited  conditionals and replacements as they apply specifically to the SUR2 receiver type     8 4 Receivers R edundancy M AS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67    When you are viewing Screen 954A or Screen 954C  Receiver Definition U pdate  Page 2  the  C   ONCENTRATOR command line option has been added  A concentrator is used to talk to multiple  receivers  The information from each receiver is then transmitted from the concentrator to B32  using TCP IP  For each receiver  you will need to define the communication parameters that the  concentrator will use to transmit messages to and from the specified receiver  Enter C to access  Screen 954M   M AS Concentrator Port 
187. nds to the page you wish to send  Refer to Table 1 for a list of event  codes  Refer to Table 3 for a list of commands     When a user requests a page and a default message has been assigned to the event code  on  Screen 51  used to request the page and the AUTOSEND field for the message is set to Y  on Screen  126   the CS system will immediately attempt to send the default message to the first pager  defined for the account  installer  or employee list     If a default message has not been assigned to the event code used to request the page or the  AUTOSEND field for the message is set to N  the Alphanumeric Pager M essages Window will be  displayed where the user may select the message to be sent  If more than one pager has been  defined for the account  installer  or employee list  the Pager Passcard Selection Window will be  displayed where the user may select the pager to which the message is to be sent  However  in  the Operator Action window you may enter the passcode of the person you intend on paging   and the Alphanumeric Pager Messages window will automatically display  even if multiple pager  numbers have been set up for the account     Paging from Screen 502  Service Guard Dispatch    Paging from the Screen 502  Service Guard Dispatch  works similarly to paging from the Screen 2   Refer to Table 4 for a list of commands that you may use to request a page from the Screen 502     xvi Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Table 3  Comm
188. ne of the following methods   e Entering FAX at the command line    e Logging the event code which corresponds to the report you wish to send  Refer to Table 1  for a list of event codes     e Calling afax machine  modem from a call list     When a user requests a fax and a default cover page has been assigned to the event code  on  Screen 51  used to request the fax and the AUTOSEND field for the cover page is set to Y  on Screen  125   the CS system will immediately attempt to fax the default cover page and report to the first  fax machine  modem defined for the account  installer  or employee list     If more than one fax machine  modem has been defined for the account  installer  or employee  list  the Fax Passcard Selection Window will be displayed where the user may select the fax  machine  modem to which the report is to be sent     If a default cover page has not been assigned to the event code used to request the fax or the    AUTOSEND field for the cover page is set to N  the Fax Cover Page Entry Window will be  displayed where the user may select the cover page to be sent with the report     xlii Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Faxing from a Report Screen    CS Account Database Printout  1 Sort 1 Field   Start  3 End    Sort 2 Field   d  amp  Start PIRST  6 End LAST    Beginning Start Date  Ending Start Date 07 11 96  One Per Page  Y N  Y      OF Copies 1  Account Page Footer  Y N  N  Include PD FD Ph s  Y N  E    GE 6 Nm Key U 
189. ng a test and an expected timer test has not been set up by the installer  an option  is now available to automatically log event code 4820  Timer Test N ot Received  when you clear  the test  This event indicates that the timer test was not received and prompts the operator to set  up the next ATI test for the account  This option must be set up by MAS  If the test is cleared by  the installer using VRT  MAS    Voice Response Terminal software   then the timer test is set up  automatically through VRT  The operator will not be prompted to set up the test manually     Placing Zones on Runaway by List    You may placea list of zones on runaway from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  or from Screen 502   Service Dispatch     When the Place on Runaway window is displayed from the Operator Action window  enter LIST  inthe ZONE field     GRADE ROAD  DRIVEWAY IS DIRT  n    Zone Comment    Place On Runaway    Se UNTIL  09 18 96 14 04 ZONE LIST    P card COUNTRY OWNER SANDERS  BONNIE LEVEL 1  Comments SUE   Confirm   Y N  Y       The prompt ENTER ZONES appears  Enter each zone to be placed on runaway  When you are  finished entering all of the zones  press ENTER to close the Place On Runaway window     GRADE ROAD  DRIVEWAY IS DIRT  a  ZEIT  COMMEN Doe e Page       Place On Runaway    Enter Zones              BONNIE LEVEL 1       P card COUNTRY  Comments SUE     OWNER SANDERS        Confirm   Y N  Y       MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 17    Extending the Length of Runaway Status  
190. nician can be paged  You will use the AUTOPAGE TEST RESULTS FREQ MIN  and  AUTOPAGE TEST RESULTSLNG MIN  fields in Screen 101  Processing O ptions  for this purpose   For example  if you enter 5 in the first field and 30 in the second field  then the system will  check for and page test signals every 5 minutes for 30 minutes  If no test signals occur during  one of the intervals  then the system will wait another 5 minutes and check again     3  You need to define the format of the paging message that will be sent automatically to the  technician  Use Screen 126  Page M essage D efinitions  for this purpose  You can assign codes  to the page message which will correspond to specific information for the test signals that will  be generated  They are   60    61    62    63    64 x  and  65 x    You would not put the codes   63   and  64 x  together in the same page  since both can be used to describe the event      4  You then need go to Screen 110  On Test Category File M aintenance  to assign the page message  to the on test category that will be used when you place accounts on test  The format of the  page message assigned to selected test category will be used to automatically page the  technician     Placing An Account On Test    When you initially place the account on test and select the test category to which a page message  has been assigned  you will be prompted to set up the paging parameters or to page the  technician  If multiple pager numbers have been set up for t
191. nt   s event history  The response code assigned to these event codes  3993 and  3994  determines if an alarm is generated when they are logged to the destination account s event  history     If the page recipient is required to call the Central Station upon receipt of the message  a  confirmation follow up event is automatically scheduled when the page is sent successfully  The  follow up event is cleared by an operator when the page recipient contacts the Central Station     To view alist of page recipients who have not confirmed receipt of a page  access Screen 13   Pending Follow up Inquiry     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xv    Paging from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch    MAS Local  0  7    ALL Ney 14358 Alarm Dispatch  CS OAL SS  SAG Si  CsS 002  CS  001 012  S  L  0 Installer ale  BIG D S SANDWICHES NATIONAL ALARM CO  4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD  ID  001 012 2323 SIGNAL STREET  ADDR 2 Type R See  CYPRESS CA 90732 Specl ACPO 714 555 5454  UDF1 UDF2 SType MDI Sr IN Why 2 2 MTyp   7 08 96 13 08 10 SERGE  Page 10  1  General  FIRE ALARM   DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS   e   CALL FD    3  CALL SITE    ai     Date   Time  Zone  Code Event Description        Zone Comment  u WORLDS  WSs OKs TO 7110 FIRE  2 7 08 96 13 08 AND EE  Si MESS USSOG  200 7110 FIRE  HPO EE 3954 LATE TO OPEN  5  X    Next     HEET Mode  Orro  SCthed 2rone  LOr OL ee       From Screen 2  Alarm D ispatch  a user may request a page using commands or by logging the  event code which correspo
192. o  exclude those accounts that have been marked for deletion     Screen 202 Short Printout by Misc Sort    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 28 through 8 30 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If you are using the option to have the system to format the data entry of account names to LAST    NAME  FIRST NAME TITLE in Screen 42  Account Update then this screen will adjust that format  to TITLE FIRST NAME LAST NAME when you print labels  This option must be set up by MAS     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 7    The following new fields have been added to this screen     PRINT TOTALS ONLY   Y indicates you would like to print only the total number of accounts for  each installer  N prints the account information in addition to the total number of accounts for  each installer     ACCTSW  O REQUIRED PERMITS   Y indicates you would like to print a list of the accounts which  require a permit  but to which a permit has not been assigned  N prints all accounts which match  the selections you specify  regardless of whether the required permits have been assigned to the  account     O   UT SVC  I   N SVC  B OTH   This field has been added so that you can determine whether you want  to include accounts on the report that are currently in or out of service  Enter O to include only  those accounts that are currently out of service  Enter I to include only those accounts that are  currently in service  Enter B to include both types of accounts     T
193. o any accounts may be deleted     If you delete an installer  the system now checks to ensure that the installer is not assigned to any  accounts  If the installer is assigned to one or more accounts  you will not be able to delete that  installer record     Users will level 4 security may now only view this screen     Screen 55 CRT Default Setup    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 3 29 through 3 30 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     In order to have screen 15  M ultiple Status M onitor  automatically switch between Screen 14  Alarm  Status M onitor  and another screen  the only two valid entries in field 9  LATE PROGRAM NUMBER  FOR SCREEN 14 field are 12  for Screen 12  Late Event V iew  or 230  for Screen 230  M ulti Location  Alarm M onitor   If you enter any other screen number  then only that screen will display when  you access Screen 15  it will not automatically switch with Screen 14     The TERMINAL COVERED BY PHONE SWITCH  Y  N  has replaced the TERMINAL COVERED BY CALL  VISOR Y  N  field  This field is used to determine whether the terminal is using the phone switch  software provided by MAS for autodialing     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 5    Screen 58 Passcard Level Update    For more information on this screen  refer to page 4 31 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     1     2     The new MINS column on screen 58 is used to define for a specific passcard level the  maximum amount of time that can pass betwee
194. of Central Station numbers for which the report is to be printed     BEGIN NING CODE  DESCRIPTION   Enter the first event code which is assigned to the global dispatch page that are you changing   The corresponding description will display    EN DING CODE  DESCRIPTION    Enter the last event code which is assigned to the global dispatch page that you are changing   The corresponding description will display     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 23    FROM ZPG    Enter the global dispatch page which you will be changing  Only those accounts that have the  specified event code and global dispatch page assignment will be selected to have the new global  dispatch page assigned  For example  if you specify the event code 100 and the global dispatch  page currently assigned is F1  only those accounts that have page F1 assigned to event code 100  on Screen 43  Zone   Event Code U pdate will be selected by this program  All other global dispatch  page assignments will be ignored     TO ZPG   Enter the global dispatch page that will be assigned to those accounts that meet the specified  criteria  This global dispatch page must exist on the system in order for it to be assigned to the  specified accounts       OR  GO TO BEGIN PRINTING    Enter the number of the field to be modified  or enter GO to begin printing the report  The  following is a sample report     Report Sample    04 10 97 PAGE a  ALARM MONITORING COMPANY  GLOBAL ZD PAGE CHANGE  197   EVENT CODE RANGES 
195. of work order  number fields throughout the system  then these fields will reflect the field name specified in  Screen 101     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 21    The PRINT A   LL COMMENTS  ONE COMMENT  N   O COMMENTS FOR EVENT field has been added so that  you can determine which comments you want to include on the report  The comments that are  included are those that were entered within one minute of the event  either before or after  Enter  A to include all comments entered for the event  Enter O to include only the first comment that  was entered for the event  Enter N to exclude comments from printing on the report     The OUTPUT TO F ILE OR R   EPORT field has been added so that you can print the report to an output  file or to a printer  Enter F to send the report to a text file named CS0286 0UT  If you want to  save the contents of this file  you must rename it  Each time you send a report to this output file   any pre existing information is deleted  Enter R to send the report to a printer     This printout will now include the alternate ID for each account  An alternate ID may be  assigned to each account on Screen 42  Account U pdate    Screen 292 Operator Activity Report   For more information on this screen  refer to page 8 74 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   You may now print this report for one installer or a range of installers  You may also print this    report for one CS location or a range of CS locations  Additionally  the report no
196. on  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 11    Default OOS Category for New Accounts    When a new account is created the user may be prompted to place the account out of service   based on Processing Options defined on Screen 101   You may specify the default category to be  used to place new accounts out of service in the DEFAULT CATEGORY FOR NEW ACCTS  SCR 42 field  of Screen 107  0 0  S Category FileM aintenance     At the time that the account is created  the data entry clerk may choose to accept or override this  default category     When you place an account out of service  the prompt Confirm  is displayed  Enter Y if you wish  to place the account out of service  Enter N if you do not wish to place the account out of service     Placing an Account Out of Service More Than Once    An account may be placed out of service more than once  For example  if the reason an account  has been placed out of service corresponds with two Out Of Service categories  as defined on  Screen 107  O  0 S  Category File M aintenance   you may use the OUT command twice on Screen 42  to allow for the selection of both O 0 S  Category Codes  To place the account back in service  the  IN command need only be used once     AKEY Creation May Disregard Directional Indicators  An option has been added which allows you to ignore directions such as North  South  East  and  West  when creating the Address Key  AKEY    Recall that the address key is automatically    created using a combination of the street n
197. option is useful if you have accessed  the screen and the report criteria that displays is the one that was last saved rather than the  default report criteria     The M   ODIFY HEADER command line option may only be used by those users whose access level is  set to Oor 1     Accounts that have been marked for deletion with a tilde     will not be included on the report if  you select the account range FIRST to LAST  You may include    tilde    accounts on the report by  specifically typing those accounts you want to include  For example  you may want to specify   1000 through 1999 as the account range     If you are sorting the report by installer  you may now select accounts based on the mailing  frequency assigned to the installer   s account in Screen 42  Account U pdate  To do this  you must  enter an explanation point     in the first position of the MAILING FREQUENCIES   ALL  field  followed by the mailing frequencies for which you want to print the report  For example  you  might enter MO  This entry will cause the system to select installers based on the mailing  frequency assigned to the installer   s account  and then the CS accounts selected for the report will  be the ones that are assigned to the selected installers     You may now fax this report to a single installer using the G O FAX command  You may also  batch fax this report to multiple CS accounts  If you sort this report by CS number  then the  accounts selected by the CS sort will be faxed the portion o
198. or Log VieW  brimt  ENEE 6 27  Screen 370 Redundancy Error Log  ENEE 6 27    Chapter 7   Utilities and Repairs    Events Logged to SYSADMIN HiStory ENEE 7 1  Reporting BUCKetS LiM CN 7 1  Screen 62 Autoskip Definition Entry for Screen A7    7 1  Screen 105 Area Code  Autodial  Tale ENEE 7 2  Screen 111 Index Rebuild Utility ENEE 7 2  Screen 112 Purge Expired Temporaries and Irreoulars  ENEE 7 2  Screen 114 Account Deletion Ree    AEN 7 3  Screen 115 Account Master File and Activity Deleion EEN 7 6    MAS Central Station  5 50 67       Screen 116 File Status Report EEN 7 8  Screen 118 Event History AUER 7 8  Screen 132 Quick Purge for Event Activity EEN 7 9  Screen 133  Purge Event AQI el EEN 7 10  Screen 133ARC Purge  Archive Event HiStory ENEE 7 10  Screen 134 Cancelation burge ENEE 7 12  Screen 142 CS Event CodeChange EEN 7 12  KG REENEN due TEEN 7 13  Screen 145 Account RENIE ariaa ai int aaea Garia A a aA A Aaaa iaaah aiaia 7 13  Screen 146     Passcard A nd AI ALEAN E E 7 14  Screen 147 Mass Installer Number Change  7 14  Screen 152 Installer  OOS Date M ass Deletion ou    ANEN 7 15  Screen 160 ArecCocdeChange EEN 7 16  Screen 171 CS Line Assignment Forme    7 19  Screen 172 CS Number A selomment ENEE 7 20  Screen 196 Global ZD Page Search oo    AEN 7 21  Screen 197 Global ZD Page Change ENEE 7 23  Screen 243 CS ZOMG Chane aaia aaen aaa Ea EE a Aaa AE AAE Aaa a AA Na aaa aaa aain 7 24  Screen 244 User Profile Maintenance    EEN 7 24  Screen 263 Setup Accounts Without Exp
199. orary  page     3  Infield 14 of the permanent common overflow page  enter the range of dates for which the  temporary page is effective as well as the name temporary common overflow page  The page  name is the code you entered in the common  field in Screen 11  Your entry on line 14  should look like the following example     14 02 01 97 02 15 97 TEM P1  4  The system will search field 14 of the common overflow pages to determine if there is a  corresponding temporary page that is to be effective  If the current date is between the start    and end dates of the temporary common overflow page  then the system will use that page  instead of the permanent common overflow page     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 1    Screen 51 Event Code Update    For information on setting up event codes  refer to pages 3 15 through 3 25 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The following fields or commands have been added to this screen   ALT REPORT CODE    This field is used to specify an alternative reporting code  A Z  0 9  that will provide an  additional classification for event codes  When event history is posted or rolled  the events will  be posted to both the specified regular reporting code as well as the alternative reporting code  if  one is entered for the event code  When you print event history reports  using Screen 204  205  or  210   you will have the option of printing for the regular reporting codes or alternate reporting  codes     WAIT TYPE 6   If thi
200. ount number     The account number  begins with a tilde     followed by nine digits  It is commonly referred to as a tilde account     At the point  you have the following options     e You may perform an additional step to delete the account permanently from your CS system  now     e You may choose to leave the information and history for the account on your CS system     Keeping deleted accounts on the system provides more accurate event history reporting of  past periods  You may also want to save the account   s information if you anticipate that the  account may be reactivated  You can print a list of deleted accounts using the P   RINT option   which you see when you first access Screen 114  Account D eletion Request     e If you do not anticipate reactivating the account  you may immediately reassign the    customer   s original CS  account number to a new account  MAS recommends that you do  not re use account numbers     7 4 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Reactivating an Account Marked for Deletion    If you want to reactivate an account that has been marked for deletion  follow the steps given  below     Note    If the customer   s original account number has been reassigned to another account  you may not  reactivate the customer   s account     In order to reactivate an account  you must know the customer s original CS account number     If an account has been deleted using Screen 115  Account M aster File and Activity Deletion  you may  not
201. our system using Screen 64  U ser Location    Profile U pdate     For information on creating function key assignments  refer to page 7 52 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     3 18 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 110 On Test Category File Maintenance    The signals sent while an account is on test may now be paged to the service technician  ThePG  msG  field has been added so that you can select a default page message to be sent to the service  technician when the test results are paged  Page messages are defined in Screen 126  Page M essage  Definitions  For more information on the paging feature  refer to Appendix A at the end of this  document     In the DEFAULT HOURS field  you may now enter a negative number to specify a number of default  minutes that you want to define for the test category     For information on setting up on test categories  refer to page 3 37 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Screen 182 Residential Type Definition    This screen can only be accessed if you have the option to use edit rules for account names set by  MAS  If you currently are not using any editing rules for the account name data entry and wish  to do so  you must contact MAS to have this option set and convert your existing account name  keys into the new format  When the option is set by MAS  you will have access to this screen   which you can use to affect the account name entry for future accounts     Residential account types are one ch
202. ow up event codes with  specific parameters  For more information  refer to the System Setup section of this document     Viewing Follow up Events    When multiple follow up events have been created for an account  you may view the follow up  events from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  by entering MF at the command line  The Follow up  Window displays up to 10 follow up events at a time for the selected account     Rescheduling Follow up Events    A user may reschedule a follow up event by selecting an account on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and  logging event code 4621  Reschedule Follow up  in the Operator Action window      If more than one follow up event exists for the sd ected account  the Follow up window will  display the follow up events for the account  This window allows the user to select the follow   up event to be rescheduled  After the user selects the follow up event to be rescheduled  the  Reschedule Follow up window is displayed where the user is prompted to enter the new date  and time by which the follow up event is to be completed     Clearing Follow up Events    A user may clear a follow up event by selecting an account on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and  logging event code 4622  Clear Follow up  in the Operator Action window      If more than one follow up event exists for the selected account  the Follow Up Window will  display the follow up events for the account  The user will use this window to select the follow   up event to be cleared  When the user makes a 
203. p   system     When you use the Blank Full Clear utility to fully or partially clear a group of alarms  you may  use the COMMENT Land COMMENT 2 fields to log two lines of comment with the Full or Partial  Clear event  You may wish to use these comments to record the reason that the alarm was  processed as a Blanket Full or Partial Clear  For each account that is cleared  both the comments  and the Full or Partial Clear event will be recorded to Screen 7  Event History D isplay     The FULL CLEAR COMMENT TO HISTORY field has been added so that you can enter a 10 character  comment that will display in the Ppass  com field in Screen 7  Event History  If you do not specify a  comment in this field  the word BLAN KET will default in the PASs  Com field Screen 7 for each  account that was fully or partially cleared     The LOG TO SYSADMIN oNLyY field allows you to determine whether you want to log the running  of this uitility only to the SYSADMIN account or whether you want a comment logged to every  account cleared by this utility    The EXPECTED RESTORAL HH MM field is used to enter the amount of time that you expect a restoral    for those zones that were cleared by this utility  The system will only expect a restoral for those  zones that have Y entered in the R  field in Screen 43  Zone  Event CodeU pdate     Screen 145 Account Rename    For more information on this screen  refer to page 9 44 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     This screen is used to assign anew C
204. passcard instructions that you enter in Screen 46  P asscard   U pdate  may be accessed from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  When you enter a command to view the  customer   s call list  such as DC or CL  on Screen 2  you may use the D   etails command to view  the additional information for a specific passcard     If Passcard Instructions have been entered in Screen 46 for the customer   s passcard  the Passcard  Instructions window will display immediately upon accessing the passcard detail     Passcard Instructions    MAKE SURE CONTACT HAS VERIFIED HIS  PASSCODE  IF NO VERIFICATION IS  PROVIDED  CALL SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR  AT NUMBER BELOW     714 555 1234    1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8    P   hone   A bort  Q   uit       When this window displays in Screen 2  you have an additional command available for dialing  phone numbers that may bein the instructions  You may use the P   hone  command to call any  numbers entered in the Passcard Instructions by entering P followed by the line number on which  the phone number is located     Viewing and Dialing Additional Passcard Phone Numbers    After closing the Passcard Instructions window  the passcard detail command line will display   The new AP command is available to view the additional phone numbers entered for the  customer s passcard  Entering AP will change the display for the passcard detail to the third and  fourth passcard phone numbers that have been entered for the customer   s passcard  Entering AP  again will display the fifth
205. pdate    For information on setting up and modifying zones  refer to pages 4 20 through 4 25 in the  Central Station Instruction M anual     The following command line options have been added    E    You may now edit the zone comment that is entered for each zone by entering E followed by the   line number that you want to modify    L   ast Page   For an account with more than one page of zones  enter L at the command line to display the      last    page of zones    F   ind lt zone gt    For an account with more than one page of zones  enter F followed by a zone to display the zone   page on which the zone is located    Copying Zone Information   You may set up a master set of zones that may be assigned to a CS account by entering the CS   account number of the master set of zones in the styPeE field in Screen 42  Account Update  of the    copy to destination  CS account    e Thezone comments for the master account will be copied to the  destination  CS account    e   If real time information exists for the master account  such as number of trips  displayed in  the TrPs field  or restoral needed  displayed in the RN field   this information will not be  copied to the  destination  CS account    Extended Zone Comments   You may now use a page of dispatch instructions as a means to attach additional comments to a   single zone  Inthe COMMENT field  you may enter  ZP   where  is the page number of the   dispatch instructions  to link that page to a specific zone  This feature a
206. pecified range will be displayed     Event History for Tests    When you have scheduled zones to be placed on test for an account  the system now records the  test parameters  Because you may now have multiple tests running simultaneously for the same  account  the system lists the test parameters in order for to distinguish between the tests     10715796 OAs SUE 4210 ON TEST CAT  1  10 15 96 08 50 28 COMMENT 101596 850 101596 1150   10 15 96 08 50 28 COMMENT TEST  LIST   10 15 96 08 50 28 COMMENT 30 31 32    10 15 96 08 50 00 SUE 4210 ON TEST CAT  10 15 96 08 50 00 COMMENT 101596 850  101596 1149   10 15 96 08 50 00 COMMENT TEST  LIST   10 15 96 08 50 00 COMMENT Ahoy aka  alae     5 24 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    If you make changes to the test parameters  those changes are also recorded in the Event History     10 15 96 10 30 11 COMMENT EXPIRE  101596 1200  10 15 96 10 30 11 COMMENT 30  31 32     10 15796 103 IG LI SUE 4216 CHANGE TEST TIME  10 15 96 10 30 11 COMMENT LAST SET 101596 85028    The LAST SET comment indicates when the test was last modified     If you have scheduled a secondary account to be placed on test  the system now precedes the  event code with an s to indicate that the test was created for a secondary account  Al test related  events that are logged for that secondary account will also be preceded with an s     10 15 96 10 51 33 COMMENT 101596 1051 101596 1351  10 15 96 10 51 33 COMMENT TEST  LIST    LO US  YS 10351333 SUE s4210 ON TEST 
207. r   s passcard list  Screen 46    Example  IFA X2 selects fax machine  modem with the passcode FA X2 from the  installer   s passcard list     Fax Machine  Modem    Searches the account passcard list  installer passcard list  and employee passcard list  in  that order  and selects the first fax machine  modem     5 50 67 Appendix B TheFax Inteface Feature xxxix    Sending a Fax    Selected information may be faxed from the Alarm Dispatch screen or from selected report  screens  From the Alarm Dispatch screen  you may send the following reports that include  information for the selected subscriber account     e Alarm Notification  A one page summary regarding the zone currently in alarm for the  selected subscriber   s account     e Account Activity  An overview of signals received and the actions taken by CS operators to  resolve alarms during the past 24 hours for the selected subscriber   s account     e Database Printout  A detailed report of the information entered on Screens 42  43  44  and 46  for the selected subscriber s account     e Test Results  A listing of all signals received since the account was placed on test  The  option is only available if the account is currently on test     You may also fax reports from the screens listed below     e Screen 21 Database Printout   e Screen 24 Supervised Mailout Report   e   Screen 202 Short Printout   e Screen 222 Account Activity Detail   e Screen 262 Report Accounts Without Expected Events  e Screen 263 Setup Accounts W
208. r  the message window  will automatically display   or by logging event code 4183 on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch     Enter Y to activate this option  or enter N to disable this option     MAX  DAYSIN ADVANCE ON TEST    This option allows you to determine how far in advance a user may schedule an account to be  placed on test  You may specify up to 999 days     VALIDATE  FORMAT PH SON CS042  46    Enter Y to validate and format the phone numbers entered on Screen 42  Account Update  and  Screen 46  Passcard U pdate  the long format   If you use this option  you must enter phone  numbers that are 10 digits  For each 10 digit phone number  the system will validate it to make  sure it   s 10 digits and will format it by automatically inserting dashes     into the number  For  example  if you enter 7145551212  the entry will become 714 555 1212 automatically  Phone  numbers that are less than 10 digits will not be accepted as valid entries  Phone numbers that are  greater than 10 digits will not be formatted  Enter N if you want to manually format the phone  numbers entered for your accounts and passcards     AUTOPAGE TEST RESULTS FREQ  MIN     Enter the number of minutes that will determine the frequency with which the system will  automatically page the service technician with the results of the test  When you place an account  on test  the signals sent while the account is on test can be automatically paged to the service  technician with a designated frequency  For example  if yo
209. rary schedules that are no longer valid will be purged     This program is now redundant  If you havea redundant system and wish to purge expired  temporary dispatch pages and temporary schedules and clear expired irregular schedules  you  should run this utility on onesystem only  The following warning will be displayed as a  reminder    Warning  Only run this program on one system as it is REDUNDANT     For more information on this screen  refer to page 9 14 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     7 2 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 114 Account Deletion Request   This screen is used to perform the following tasks    e Mark an account for deletion    e   Reactivate an account currently marked for deletion     All processes performed using Screen 114 are redundant     Marking an Account for Deletion    To mark an account for deletion  follow the steps listed below     Note    An account may not be marked for deletion if it is currently in alarm  has active service tickets  or  has a pending follow up event        1  Access Screen 114  Account D eletion Request   2  You will be prompted with the following message    Account D  elete  U    ndelete  or P   rint  3  Enter D  Account Delete      4  TheAccount D edetion Request screen is displayed     Account Deletion Request CS 0114    1 CS  001 0010 ACTIVE  100 ACME ALARM COMPANY  ALTON  GARY  amp  GINA  10284 SYCAMORE DRIVE 999 555 5555  GET WITH IT   SACRAMENTO CA 94853    2 Term Date 09 11 9
210. re doing and abort the procedure  No information will be logged to the  account     e Save the test parameters or changes you have made  The information will be logged to the  account     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 3    Multiple Tests for a Single Account    You may now create multiple tests for single account  For example  you may have a single  account where you will place all of the burglar alarm zones on test for one set of parameters and  place all of the fire alarm zones on test for a different set of parameters  In both of these cases   you would log event code 4210  On Test  to place the specific zones on test  After you log the  event in the Operator Action window  the Test Functions window will display where you  schedule when the test is to begin and end and you will also specify which zones are to be placed  on test     You may create tests that run simultaneously  however  a single zone or zone group cannot be  placed in two different tests that are scheduled to run concurrently  For more information  refer  to the feature for Scheduling Zones To Be On Test in this section of the manual     If you do have multiple tests that are currently effective for an account  the MULTI ACTIVE  message will display on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and Screen 3  Zone  Event Code View  If you  have multiple tests that are currently effective and have also scheduled additional tests for the  account  the MULTI ACTIVE  PEN DING message will display on Screen 2 and Scr
211. re placing both the primary and secondary accounts  on test at the same time  When you usethis option  all zones for both accounts are placed on test   You may not designate specific zones to be on test     CATEGORY    When you place an account on test  an option is now available to log an event that corresponds to  the on test category  This option must be set up by MAS  In order for this option to work  you  must create consecutively numbered events that correspond to all of your on test categories   which are defined in Screen 110  On Test Category File M aintenance   You may create up to 20  consecutively numbered events for on test categories  For example  in Screen 51  Event Code  Update  you may reserve event codes 7901 through 7920 as the events that will correspond to your  on test categories  Then  depending on the test category specified when you place an account on  test  the appropriate on test category event will be logged  This feature is useful for event  counting and reporting purposes     START DATE  TIME    The default start date and time is NOW  which is based on the local date and time   This default  timeis only used if there are no other tests which also start    NOW      You may schedule the test  to begin at a later date and time  UsetheMMDDYY format for the date and the Military Time  format for the time  The MAX  DAYSADVANCE ON TEST field in Screen 101  Processing Options  will  determine how far in advance you may schedule an account to be placed o
212. red late  Leave this field blank if you do not want a follow up  event scheduled to confirm receipt of the page message     LATE CONFIRM CD  Enter the event code that will be generated if confirmation is not received from the page    recipient  that is  if the confirmation follow up event is not cleared within the alotted amount of  time determined by the FOLLOwuP MINS field     Commands  D     To add  edit  or view the format and content of a page message  enter D immediately followed by  the line number of the page message you wish to edit     iv Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 126A Page Message Detail Format    This screen is used to define the information that will appear in a selected page message     Page Message Detail Format CS 0126A    Alarm Notification  Acct   1    Name   3     4     30     31     OO OO A Oh OD VG GAMM    H       Clodes  Omit  Or stave       Fields    On Lines 1 through 10  you may define the information that will be included in a page message   Each line may contain up to 25 characters across  from left to right margin  and 10 rows     Note    The maximum number of rows and characters that can be transmitted in a page message is 10    rows of 25 characters per row  If a page message plus comments entered when the page is  requested contain more than the maximum rows or characters  it will be transmitted in multiple  pages  that is the page recipient will be paged more than once        Formatting a Message 
213. red to call the Central Station upon receipt of the fax   When a fax is successfully sent with the cover page  a confirmation follow up event is  automatically scheduled  The follow up event may be cleared by an operator when the fax  recipient contacts the Central Station    N indicates the recipient is not required to call the Central Station upon receipt of the fax and no  follow up event is scheduled to confirm receipt of the fax    LATE CONFIRM CD   This field is used only if the CONFIRM REQ field is set to Y for the cover page  Enter the event code  that will be generated if confirmation is not received from the fax recipient  that is  if the  confirmation follow up event is not cleared    Commands    D     To add  edit  or view the format and content of a cover page template  enter D immediately  followed by the line number of the cover page you wish to edit     xxx Appendix B TheFax Interface Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 125A Fax Cover Page Detail Format    This screen is used to define the information that will appear on a selected fax cover page     FAX Cover Page Detail Format  0125A    kkxkkxkkxkkxk  ALARM NOTIFICATION FAX        kkkkkkkk  From  AAA ALARM MONITORING    FAXed to   51     Subject     il  2  3  4  5  6  7  8    Wi    Alarm Information   Date Time   30   Zone Description   31   Comment   32     For Further Information Call   19        COMIDUBWNHEO    N    E engbeeet OUTE 0E S Aye       Fields    You may define the information that w
214. reen has been added so that you can create multiple passcards for a single account  If you  have the SHORT PASSCARD SCREEN  Y N  field in Screen 101  Processing Options  set to Y  then this  screen will be displayed when you access Screen 46  This screen may also be displayed by using  the SH   ort command in Screen 46  Passcard U pdate     Account Passcard Maintenance CS 046S    CS  111 2222 SAKO  MARK AND BRENDA M M Inst 10  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD ABC ALARM SECURITY    Expire User  619 555 7171 1  2 S COUNTRY 619 555 2127 1  3 S FURRY TESSY SAKO 619 555 9837 1       al  2  3  4  S  6  3  8  J  0  i  2  3  4  5             CH    Q ue   S ave  M ore  N ext  D isp  G en  L ong    CW indow       There are additional commands available on Screen 46S that enable you to perform additional  functions     CH     Enter C followed by the passcard number or range of numbers to be cleared  This command will  delete the passcard s  from the displayed CS account     Q    ue      Enter Q followed by the passcard number or the range of numbers to be queued to print   Longo    Enter L followed by the passcard number to display passcard detail  This command will take you  to Screen 46  Passcard U pdate     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account DataEntry 4 19    CW    indow    Enter CW to display the Comment Entry window where you can log comments to the customer   s  Event History concerning the passcard s  associated with the account     Screen 47 Primary Dispatch Instructions    For informa
215. rface feature     Software Requirements    The Paging Interface Feature may be used with CS version 5 50 11 or greater     M AS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature i    Preparing Your CS System for the Paging Interface Feature  To prepare your system for using the Paging Interface feature  perform the following steps     1  Verify that your CS system includes all event codes used with the Paging feature  shown in  Table 1   You may print or view a list of event codes using Screen 71  Event Code Printout     Table 1  Event Codes Used by the Paging Interface Feature    Event Code Event Code    Page Received Page Request   Page not Sent Alarm Notify  Page   Late Page Confirmation Test Results  Page   Reschedule Page Confirm   Clear Page Confirmation     This event code may have a response code of 0  Operator Always        On Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  the EQUIVALENT RESCODE field for these event codes  must be 4620  4621 and 4622 respectively        2  On Screen 126  Page M essage D efinitions  and Screen 126A   Page M essage D etail Format  create  templates for the messages that will normally be sent     3  Assign adefault message to each event code used to request that a page be sent  On Screen  51  Event Code U pdate  a default page message may be assigned to an event code in the WAIT  EVENT CODE field    This step is optional  When a page is requested and it has not been assigned a default  message  page message 1 will be used as the default    A
216. rflow pages  for the displayed CS account  If previous pages exist  the P in the P   rev command will flash     4 22 Account Data Entry M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 49 Permit Update  For more information on this screen  refer to page 6 14 in the Central Station Instruction M anual   If your Central Station system uses the European date format  the EUROPEAN DATE FORMAT field    on Screen 101  Processing O ptions  is set to Y   dates will be displayed in the European date format  on Screen 49     Changes to permits will be recorded to the SYSADMIN Transaction File  which may be printed  from Screen 251  File U pdate Log Printout   Screen 242 Account Copy    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 4 18 through 4 19 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Two new fields that will copy service information have been added to this screen  When using  these fields  you should be aware that service tickets will not be copied to the new account  If you  copy the Event History along with the service information  the history will inaccurately reflect all  service ticket activity for the new account    INCLUDE SSACCOUNT  Y N    A Y inthis field will copy the service account information entered for the original account on  Screen 561  Service A ccount U pdate V iew  to the new account    INCLUDE SSINSPECTION  Y N    A Y inthis field will copy the service inspection schedules from the original account to the new    account  You may only enter Y in this field i
217. rk in the following manner        yn     yn    pg     Machine Machine    All of Central Station 2   s accounts go up to the B machine for Central Station 1  If events are  logged for any of Central Stations 2   s accounts on the B machine for Central Station 1  then an F  will display in thest field on the A machine for Central Station 2 to indicate the events originated  from the    foreign    system           Central Station    B       1        Central Station  2        7 28 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67        X    Site Redundancy Configuration Definition E    Local Host Remote Host    1    Hest Prefix MON  gt  Host Prefix SEC  2  A  System Socket   5555 4  A  System Socket   5555    Files to be Sent  Acct Ranges to be Sent   ee Start CS  End CS    14 01 00001 01 99999  15 02 00001 02 99999  16 03 00001 03 99999  17 04 00001 04 99999  18   Ig    20   2al   22   23         All Files  History   Alarms   Dispatch Actions  Event Codes  Agencies  Tnstallers   Users   Other Files    SS GGG GGG       C lear   S ave  or N ext       Fields  HOST PREFIX  LOCAL HOST     Enter the TCP  IP alias  as specified in the  etc  hosts file  that will identify the local pair of  redundant machines  This entry will prefix    A    or    B    in the host table that exists in UNIX  For  example  if you enter MON  then the local machines can be identified as MONA and MONB   You may not enter SYS as a prefix        A    SYSTEM SOCKET   LOCAL Host     Enter the TCP  IP socket num
218. rm will resume the priority of the new alarm     If you wish to use this feature     e On Screen 101  Processing Options  use the ALARM CLEAR SUPPRESSED PRI  field to enter the new  priority you want to assign to suppressed alarms     e On Screen 101  Processing O ptions  use the ALARM CLEAR SUPPRESSED MIN  field to enter the  number of minutes for which you want to be able to suppress alarms     e On Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  set up event code 4607 Alarm Clear  w Suppressed  if it  does not already exist      To suppress an alarm  access the alarm on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  and log event code 4607  The    alarm will be assigned the priority you defined on Screen 101  Processing O ptions  and will remain  suppressed for the number of minutes you defined on Screen 101     3 10 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Coverage Minutes Message  If the COVERAGE MINUTES field in Screen 101 is set to 0  then the warning message MISC ERRORS    SEE SCN 332 is disabled for all locations  This message alerts the user that certain locations are  not being monitored and displays in the following screens   e Screen l   Alarm Status Monitor  e Screen 214 Selective Alarm Status M onitor  e Screen 230 Multi Location Alarm Monitoring  If you disable this message  then you will never be warned that certain locations are not being  monitored   Disallow Last User to Sign off  If your Central Station requires that at least one user be logged onto the Central Station system at  all time
219. rmation follow up event is automatically  scheduled  This event is cleared when the page recipient contacts the Central Station  The  follow up event must be cleared by an operator within the number of minutes specified in this  field  otherwise the followup event will be considered late  Leave this field blank if you do not  want a follow up event scheduled to confirm receipt of the page message     COMMENTS    Depending on the message selected in the PG DEF  field  additional comments may or may not be  entered in this window  These comments are included in the page message  If the selected  message allows for additional comments  fields 4 7 may display where you can enter the  comments  Each line may contain up to 25 characters     When your selections are complete  enter P at the command line of the Alphanumeric Pager  Messages Window to attempt to send the page     xx Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Special Paging Features   Automatic Paging of Test Results    When you place an account on test  the signals received by the Central Station while the account  is on test may be paged to a service technician at specified intervals for a designated period of  time     Setting Up The Paging Parameters    1  To begin  you will need to make sure your technicians have paging information correctly  entered in Screen 46  Passcard U pdate     2  Next  you must determine the frequency of theintervals and the length of the time during  which the tech
220. rposes     Example 1 Event Code Update  Event Code 4955 Min User Level  Description PAGE ACCOUNT ACTIVITY Disposition Type  Reporting Code Q CODE Q Disposition Code  Response Code 4 PASSCARD LKUP LOG ONLY Prompts  P C B N   Resp  Priority 200 Confirm Required   Event Class E VRT ClrTest  R N   Wait 0 1 Set  2 Clr  3 Eqres Agency Type  PFMT   4 Disarm  5 Arm  6 Delay Dual Custody  Y N  N  Wait Event Code 2 Screen 12 to S kip  Status Change O Opn  C Cls  A Alrm  T Trbl Ticket Type  R Rst  N Norm  X Outg  S Stay Global ZD Page  Dispatch Code Event Type  Alternate Desc  NOT USED  Zone Group  Can RPC S Use   Y N  MASlink Only ABM Status  False Dispatch  Y N  Spcl Flags  Late Event Code  A bort OK  A B ort  VRT Type  1 99   Equivalent Code  S ave  or N ext 3  Example 2 Event Code Update    Min User Level  Disposition Type  Disposition Code  Prompts  P C B N   Confirm Required   VRT ClrTest  R N   Agency Type  PFMT   Dual Custody  Y N   Screen 12 to S kip  Ticket Type   Global ZD Page A10  Event Type HUBD  Zone Group HU  ABM Status    Spel Flags PIA    For the event codes used to make a page request  this screen is used to assign a default page  message to the event codes  4955 4957  used to make a request to send a page message      Refer to Example 1      For the event codes which will automatically send a message whenever the event is received     this screen is used to define the pager to whom the message will be sent and the message  which will be sent   Refer to Example 2     
221. rs R edundancy M AS Central Station Supplement  5 50 67    COMMANDS FROM HOST   This field is not currently used  Enter Y to indicate this receiver can receive commands from the  host  Enter N to indicate this receiver cannot receive commands from the host  Refer to your  documentation for the receiver to determine what should be entered in this field    COMMAND ACK S    The character s  that indicate acknowledgement from the receiver on a successful delivery of  commands  Refer to your documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would  be entered in this field    COMMAND NAK S    The character s  sent from the receiver that indicate that the delivery of commands was    unsuccessful and they must be resent  Refer to your documentation for the receiver to determine  which characters would be entered in this field     Screen 958 CS Master Receiver Type Definition    When creating new receiver records  you may now press EN TER at most fields to accept the  default value that has been defined for that field     If you are creating a new record and you only have an input program and no output program   then you may enter 0 in the RRING FILE RECORD LENGTH field to indicate that you do not have a  ring file for that receiver record    For more information on this screen  refer to page B 5 through B 6 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Screen 981 Stop Receivers    The Autologger will be stopped whenever processes are stopped using Screen 981  This  corre
222. s  set the DISALLOW LAST USER TO SIGN OFF field on Screen 101  Processing Options  to Y  If  the last user on the CS system attempts to sign off  the following message is displayed       Warning Cannot Log O ff  Last U ser on System     The user remains signed onto the CS system  If the DISALLOW LAST USER TO SIGN OFF field is set to  N  the last user may log off the system  No warning will be displayed     Excessive Number of Signals    A warning message may be displayed on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  if an excessive number of  signals are received for an account within a designated period of time    To use this feature set up the following information on Screen 101  Processing O ptions     e REP CODESTOWARD SIGNAL COUNT  Thetypes of signals  by reporting code  that you want to  count toward an excessive signal count  You may count all signals by specifying ALL     e  0OF HOURSTOWARD SIGNAL COUNT  The period of time  in hours  in which the maximum  number of signals is consider excessive     e MAX ZOE SIGNALSTO COUNT  The maximum number of signals of the specified type that may  be received within the designated time period     e EXCESSSIGNALSMESSAGE  The message to be displayed on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  when an  excessive number of signals are received for an account within the designated time period     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 11    Processing Options CcS 101  Coverage Minutes  Y 61 Loc Count Of Accts In Alarm  14  Y  Blnkt Clear Auto Min 62 Min Access 
223. s been assigned a security level of 3 for Screen 2 and attempts to log an  event code having a minimum user leva of 2  the user will not be allowed to log the event code   SPCL FLAGS   For the event codes which will automatically send a message whenever the event is received  this  field is used to define the pager to whom the message will be sent and the message which will be  sent    If you wish to send a message automatically to the first pager defined for the account  enter PA  immediately followed by the code number of the message to be sent  For example  if you enter  PA 3  whenever the event is received  message 3  from Screen 126  will automatically be sent to    the first pager defined for the account     If you wish to send a message automatically to the first pager defined for the installer  enter PI  immediately followed by the code number of the message to be sent     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature ix    Setting up Information for Pagers    Each pager to which you will send messages must be set up as a passcard for the appropriate  account on Screen 46  Passcard U pdate     e To beable to send messages to a subscriber  select the subscriber   s account on Screen 46  then   set up the information for the subscriber   s pager     e To beable to send messages to an installer  create an account for the installer on Screen 42   Account Update The CS  for the installer   s account must be the same as the installer   s code   from Screen
224. s option set and convert your existing account names into the new formats you have  defined     An asterisk     now displays next to the account number if the account listed in the window is  currently in alarm     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 25    Screen 13 Follow up Inquiry    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 5 51 and 7 36 in the Central Station Instruction  Manual     You may now enter GO at the command line to print the follow up information that is displayed  on the screen     Screen 14 Alarm Status Monitor    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 5 4 and 5 6in the Central Station Instruction  Manual     Operator initials are now displayed in the opr column instead of the operator s CRT number     MAS may activate an option so the ACCOUNTSIN ALARM STATUS field displays only the total  number of alarms for the user s dispatch location  Recall that a user is assigned to a dispatch  location on Screen 64  U ser Location Profile U pdate     The MISC ERROR message will be displayed whenever a dispatch action index is more than 80  percent full  You may purge dispatch action events from the index using Screen 136  Purge  Dispatch Action File     The Alarm Status Monitor will not    beep    for alarms with a priority which is lower than the Dim  PRIORITY entered on Screen 101  Processing Options     The ACCTSIN DELAY field has been added to track those alarms with priorities which delay them  from being immediately displayed  When
225. s priority     This feature affects the following screens     Screen 14 Alarm Status M onitor  Screen 214 Selective Alarm Status Monitoring  Screen 230 Multi Location Alarm Monitoring    Setting up Display Attributes for the Alarm Buffer Screens    Screen 14  Alarm Status Monitor  Screen 214  Selective Alarm Status M onitoring  and Screen 230   M ulti Location Alarm M onitoring  display alarm signals in order of their priority     The following fields on Screen 101  Processing O ptions  control the special attributes for alarms  displayed on the Alarm Buffer screens     BLINK PRIORITY REVERSE VIDEO PRIORITY  UNDERLINE PRIORITY NORMAL PRIORITY  DIM PRIORITY    In each field  enter the maximum alarm priority which is to be displayed with the specified text  attribute  For example  if you enter 2 in the BLINK PRIORITY field the name and account number  for alarms having a priority of 0  1  or 2 will be displayed in blinking text on the Alarm Buffer  screens     Next  if you entered 5 in the REVERSE VIDEO PRIORITY field the name and account number for  alarms having a priority of 5  4  or 3 will be displayed in reverse video text on the Alarm Buffer  screens  Alarms having a priority of 0  1  or 2 would be displayed in blinking text on the Alarm  Buffer screens  they would not be displayed in blinking  reverse video text  Thereis no overlap  of text attributes     Log Event for Invalid Passcard  A new field has been added which allows you to log an informational event code to a c
226. s wait typeis assigned to ether an opening or closing event code  then the system will use  the arm  disarm status of the account to determine whether to use the entry delay time or the exit  delay time set up for the account in Screen 42  Account Update   VRT CLR TEST   This field has been renamed  It was formerly called the CLR TEST  R  N  field  The VRT CLR TEST  field is for VRT II users only  For event code 3999  Undefined A cct  Zone  an N in this field will    not let the VRT II user take the account off test if this event code was logged during the test  period     ABM STATUS is not currently used   SPCL FLAGS  This field is used to define the automatic paging events  These type of events will automatically    page the account when a signal is sent to the Central Station  For more information  refer to  Appendix A at the end of this document     3 2 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Comment    This command has been added to allow you to enter comments regarding specific events you  have set up on your system  When you use this command  the Event Code Comment window  displays  These comments can be printed on the Event Code Printout  however  these comments  will not be passed to MASlink     Event Code Comment  THIS COMMENT IS FOR THE OPERATOR MESSAGE  EVENT  YOU MAY LOG THIS EVENT TO ANY ACCT  WHICH WILL SEND A MSG TO ANOTHER OPERATOR  WHO IS ALSO LOGGED ON        Stave  DEL StS  OVULE       Setting up the Schedule On Test Feature    Three new event codes h
227. sage Code Definitions    CS   19  Current Date  Time  Secondary CS   20  Premise Phone 1   CS Name  21  Premise Phone 2   Premise Address  30  Alarm Date  Time  Premise Address 2  31 x  Alarm Zone  Desc  Premise City  St  Zip  32 x  Alarm Zone Comment  Premise Phone 1  40  Event Date  Timet  Premise Phone 2  41 x  Event Zone  Desc   Installer Phone  42 x  Event Zone Comment   C S  Callback Phone    53 X  Number of Page Comment  Installer Msg 1 Lines    Installer Msg 2  60  On Test Until Date Time  Installer Msg 3  61  Test Signal Time  Installer M sg 4  62  Zone Tripped     BR   63  VRT Event Type Dec  UL Code  64 x  Event Description   Alt ID   65 x  Event Zone Comment    Map Location         The number of spaces  characters  that the block of information will occupy in the page message     ae The CS callback telephone number is the telephone number a page recipient should call to confirm receipt  of a page message  It is defined in the CSCALLBACK PH field on Screen 101  Processing Options       You may specify 1 4 for the number of comment lines  These comments are entered in the Alphanumeric  Pager Messages Window  For example  if you wanted to specify three lines of comments  you would enter   53 3  in Screen 126A  If you use this code  make sure you leave the appropriate number of lines blank to  accommodate the specified number of comment lines  For example  if you specify 3 lines of comment   then you would leave 2 blank lines after the line on which the code was enter
228. se characters on asingleline For example  you may not highlight  two different words on the same line     Editing Dispatch Instructions and Overflow    When working with dispatch or overflow pages  you can now edit how the text is displayed on  the page  The L   ine Chg command has been added to the following screens     e Screen Ll Common Overflow Maintenance  e Screen 47 Primary Dispatch Information  e Screen48 Overflow Maintenance    To change the sequence in which the information is displayed  enter L at the command line  The  Line Chg window will display  This window is used for you to specify new order in which you  would like the lines to be displayed  On the left side of the window the current line numbers are  displayed  On the right side you will designate the new line numbers where the information will  be placed  Refer to the example on the following page     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 3    In this example  the user wants to create a blank line between the lines describing how to get to  the site and the line describing the site owner   s pets     Primary Dispatch Information    idles SAKO  MARK AND BRENDA M M  15710 MUSSEY GRADE ROAD    Dispatch Text       5 GENERAL DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS  6 HOUSE IS LOCATED  7 MILE DOWN MUSSEY  7 GRADE ROAD  DRIVEWAY IS DIRT ROAD  Line 10 will be 8 LOCATED JUST BEFORE A BIG WHITE  moved to line 9 STUCCO FENCE ON THE RIGHT   ret ined   OWNERS HAVE DOGS AND CATS   will be moved 2  to line 10  3   CALL P L1  4
229. se this screen if  a specific paging company does not use the standard format defined by the SKYPAG process in  Screen 958  CS M aster Receiver TypeD efinition  or the standard characteristics defined by the  SKYPAGE M DM file     Alpha Page Company Maintenance GS 01 7   Phone  7145553434    Name BEST PAGING   Addrl 7152 E  MAIN STREET   Addr2 SUITE 100   CSA IRVINE CA 92714    Max Msg Length  Bytes  250  Max Characters per Line 25    Lines Per Msg Block 8    CRaroParity  Sion 7 E  Outbound Baud Rate 9600  Modem Initialization String   Line Terminator Char 0 none       d Niesen S ave  DELtetes       Fields  PHONE     The phone number used to contact the pager or paging company  This number would be the  same number that is assigned to a paging passcard in Screen 46  Passcard U pdate     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature xxiii    NAME  ADDR1  ADDR2  CSZ    The name and address  city  state  and zip code for the paging company    MAX MSG LENGTH  BYTES    The maximum number of bytes that may be transmitted in a single page message  The maximum  number of bytes that may be entered is 250    MAX CHARACTERS PER LINE    The maximum number of characters that may be transmitted into a single line of a page message      OF LINES PER MSG BLOCK    The maximum number of lines that may be transmitted in a single message     CHAR PARITY STOP    The entries in these fields will supersede the entries made in Screen 958  CS M aster Receiver Type  Definition  made 
230. selection  the follow up event is immediately  cleared     Follow Up Window  Opr Date Time Comment Late Event  1 AND 07 12 96 11 03 SCHEDULE FIRE SYST  INSPECTION 4622 CLEAR FOLLOW UP  2 AND 07 12 96 15 43 SEND YARD SIGN TO CUSTOMER 4622 CLEAR FOLLOW UP       M ore  P revious  or Q uit       MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 11    Fallback Location Processing   This feature allows events to be automatically rerouted from their original location to a     fallback    location if the event is not fully cleared within a designated number of minutes  The     fallback    location is a buffer location which may be accessed by two or more regular locations     Whenever an event has been rerouted to a fallback location  it may be handled by any location  which also has access to the fallback location     This feature must be activated for you by MAS     Example    Fallback alarms are re routed Fallback alarms are re routed  to Fallback Location  10 to Fallback Location  10    Los Angeles Fallback Location San Francisco    Location  1 Location  10 Location  5    Alarms which are re routed to Fallback Location  10 may be handled by Los Angeles Location  1  or San Francisco Location  5        Preparing Your System for Fallback Location Processing    On Screen 101  Processing O ptions  set the LOG FALLBACK REROUTE TO SYSADMIN field to Y     Screen 70  A larm Fallback Location Alarm Fallback Location Maintenance  i 15  Eet End Pri Ti Start PEN End P  SSES EE EE    51 100 00 00 45 
231. service tickets either by manually logging a service request or by having  the system automatically create a service ticket based on a specific event  an option is now  available to create the service ticket for the site account instead of the subaccount  This option is  based on the new SUB TIC ON SITE  002  AUTOTIC  field in Screen 576  Service Control File U pdate     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 9    Delayed Alarm Option    A new feature has been added which allows you to delay processing of alarms that havea  specific priority  This feature is based on an option that must be activated by MAS  You might  use this feature if you havea list of specific tasks that must be completed before another alarm  signal of a specific priority is sent     Screen 185  D edayed Alarm M aintenance  has been added so that you can specify ranges of alarm  priorities that you want to delay as well as the amount of time  in seconds  that the alarms should  be delayed  If asignal is sent and its priority falls within any of the ranges specified in Screen  185  then the alarm will not display in any of the following screens until the appropriate amount  of time elapses     e Screen2 Alarm Dispatch  e Screen14 Alarm Status Monitor  e Screen 214 SelectiveAlarm Status Monitor    This feature must be activated by MAS  Screen 185 will have no effect on your system if you do  not have this option activated     Multiple Follow up Events    A follow up event represents an action to be per
232. sor would move to that field where you could type  the new area code  When you press ENTER to move to the next field  the rest of the phone  number will remain intact because you in an edit mode  You will stay in the edit mode until you  save the changes you have made to this screen     Requesting a CFR Letter    You may request a CFR letter for an account even if no changes have been made to the account   s  data  To request a CFR letter for an account     1  Access the account on Screen 42     2  Enter CFR at the command line     CFR Letter Selection  Enter CFR Letter    1 5  1  Letter Last Requested  Ltr  Description  1 NEW RESIDENTIAL SUBSCRIBER LETTER  NEW COMMERCIAL SUBSCRIBER LETTER    2   3 COMMERCIAL SUBSCRIBER UPDATE LETTER  4 RESIDENTIAL SUBSCRIBER UPDATE LETTER  5       S ave  Q uit       3  TheCFR Letter Selection window will be displayed  Enter the number that corresponds to  the letter you want printed  At the command line of the CFR Letter Selection window  enter  S to save your request  When you run the Customer File Report from Screen 281  the  requested letter will be included with the other letters that are printed     The CFR Letter Selection window is redundant  If the CFR PROMPT  Y  N  is setto Y in Screen 101     Processing Options  then this window will automatically display when you save changes Screen 42  and the other Master File Maintenance Screens  M enu 40      MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Account Data Entry 4 13    Screen 43 Zone   Event Code U
233. ssage has been received  Refer to  your documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would be entered in this field   These may be non printing characters by placing brackets  lt  gt  around the value  For example a  tab is  lt 9 gt or an ASCII 9    NACK CHAR S    The character s  sent by the H ost that indicate the message was not recieved and must be resent   Refer to your documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would be entered in  this fiad     COMMENT    An informative comment regarding the concentrator setup  This information is not transmitted     PC SENDS KEEP ALIVE   Enter Y to indicate that the PC will initiate the    keep alive    messages  Enter N to indicate that the  receiver will initiate the    keep alive    messages    KA MESSAGE   The    keep alive    characters  which can be one or more non printable characters  Refer to your  documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would be entered in this field    KA RESPONSE   The    keep alive    response characters  which can be one or more non printable characters  Refer  to your documentation for the receiver to determine which characters would be entered in this  field    KA INTERVAL   The amount of time the    keep alive    session will occur  This value is entered in seconds  For    example  30 would indicate a 30 second    keep alive    interval  Refer to your documentation for  the receiver to determine what should be entered in this field     8 6 Receive
234. stem   You will enter B to print event  activity that was logged on both the local and foreign systems  For more information  refer to  page 14  This field only displays if you haveA or B entered in field 29  FOREIGN SYSTEM HOST ID   in Screen 901  Receiver R edundancy Options     Comments are now printed with the events that were logged to subaccounts     6 10 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 224 Unknown Account Activity    This report has been added so that you can print event history for one or more of the  UNKNOWN accounts that you have on your system  When a signal is sent to the Central Station  and the system cannot find the account to which the signal should be logged  that signal is logged  to an UNKNOWN account  When a signal is sent to the UNKNOWN account  the system will  record the account number for which the signal was originally intended  That account number is  recorded in the pass  com field in Screen 7  Event History  for the UNKNOWN account     You may use this report to    find    the missing signals that should have been logged to other CS  accounts  When this report is printed for a specific range of locations  the account numbers you  specify in the A ccount Location D efinition screen for this report are compared against the PAS  COM  field in Screen 7 for the UNKNOWN accounts  If there is a match  then the event is listed on the  report  The report prints a separate page for each UNKNOWN account included on the report     Unknown Acco
235. t  EIERE ee iu de ne ns Ee 6 5  Screen 26 Late Event E gel EE 6 5  Screen 27 Common Overflow Prirtout  EEN 6 5  Screen 28 Common Overflow Membership Printot ENEE 6 5  Screen 71 Event Code Printout ENEE 6 6  Screen 140 Updated CS Account Database brintout  ENEE 6 6  Screen 181 Account Usage Printout ENEE 6 6  Seren  200   Report    Menu sisne AEN win abate 6 6  Screen 201 Short Print by Install Date    EEN 6 7  Screen 202 Short Printout by Misc Sort  EEN 6 7  Screen 205 Combined Activity Report    EEN 6 8  Screen 210 Summary Activity Report  ENEE 6 8  Screen 222 Detailed Account Activity Printout    ENEE 6 9  Screen 224 Unknown Account A Owi    6 11  Screen 241 History Archive Printout  AEN 6 13  Screen 251 File Update Log Printout ENEE 6 13  Screen 261 CS Non Activity Report    ENEE 6 14  Screen 262 Report Accounts Without Expected Events    6 14  Screen 265 Alarm Occurrence Recap Report  6 15  Screen 270 Account Assignment Status Report    ENEE 6 16  Screen 277 Passcard Printout EEN 6 17  Screen 281 Customer File Reoort ENEE ENEE 6 18  Screen 282 Out Of Service  On Test Accounts Listing   ue E 6 20  Screen 283 False Dispatch Tracking Report    AEN 6 20  Screen 286 Special Alarm Printout By Resolution Code Range s  ENEE 6 21  Screen 292 Operator Activity Report    EEN 6 22  Screen 296 Incident Summary File    6 23  Screen 297 Disposition by Account Report    ENEE 6 25  Screen 298 Operator Statistics Report ENNEN 6 25  Screen 299 Dispatch Action Report  ee 6 26  Screen 340 Err
236. t View by Account   e Screen7 Event History View   e Screen8 Operator Comment Entry   e Screen 42 Account Update    This option is activated by entering Y in the ACCT RELEASE WARNING field on Screen 64  U ser  Location Profile U pdate  for users to whom this warning should be displayed     If the WARN ON INCOMPLETE DISPATCH  Y  N  field is set to Y in Screen 64  and you access an  account with an alarm that has only been partially cleared  the Account Release Window will  display to warn you of an incomplete dispatching procedure if you try to release the account  before the alarm is fully cleared  This window will display when you enter an N  N   ext  ora    semicolon  in the command line of one of the above screens     New Display Options for Alarm Buffer Screens   New options are available which allow you to display the account number and name of an  account in alarm on the Alarm Buffer screens in blinking  reverse video  underlined  dim  or  normal text  based on the alarm s priority    This feature affects the following screens    e Screen ld Alarm Status Monitor   e Screen 214 Selective Alarm Status Monitoring    e Screen 230 Multi Location Alarm Monitoring    For moreinformation about this feature  refer to the description of changes for Screen 101   Processing Options  in Chapter 3  System Setup  of this manual     5 8 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Excessive Number of Signals    A warning message may be displayed on Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  if an excess
237. ter Passcard View  to view the master passcard information for the  account     5 14 Dispatching MAS Central Station  5 50 67    D   ISP    Enter D to go to Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch  to view alarm dispatching information for the account     GEN    Enter G to go to Screen 42  Account Update  to view the account information for the selected  account     HISTORY   Enter H to go to Screen 7  Event History View  to view a history of events that have been logged for  the account    SERVICE   Enter S to go to Screen 502  Service Guard Dispatch  to view service and guard dispatching  information for the selected account    A GENCY    Enter A to go Screen 54  Agency U pdate  to use the setup screen for agency records     NENT    Enter N to enter the next phone number     Screen2 Alarm Dispatch    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 5 8 through 5 36 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     When a Master Site A ccount is selected on the Alarm Dispatch screen  you may now use the X   fer  command to go to Screen 20  Site Sub Cross Reference   Screen 20 displays a list of subsites  associated with the M aster Site Account      The VT command is now available to view a list of tests for a single account     When you enter AS to view alist of the next expected events for an account  the comment for the  temporary schedule will display if the next expected event occurs during atime when a  temporary schedule is valid  The schedule comment for the temporary schedule wil
238. that do not have an  alternate ID but do meet the other report criteria will still be included on the report     If you choose to print this report for a range of installers  a page break will occur between each  installer     If you choose to print this report for a range of on test or out of service categories  a page break  will occur between each category     The FROM ACTIVITY RCVD DATE and THRU ACTIVITY RCVD DATE fields have been added and will  display when you are printing the report for out of service accounts  This date range indicates  the last date activity was received at the Central Station by the site     Screen 283 False Dispatch Tracking Report    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 69 t hrough 8 70 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Two new selection fields are included for this report    STATUS CHGS ONLY   Enter Y to include on the report only accounts which have had a change of status  You may only  use this option when you enter Y in the UPDATE DISP STATUS field    FALSE DISP OR AGENCY REPORT   Enter F to print the report in the False Dispatch format  If you   re currently using CS 5 50  this is  the same format you re used to  Enter A to print the report in the Agency format  If you mail a    False Dispatch Tracking Report to each agency  the A gency format presents the information in a  manner that is more meaningful to the agency     6 20 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    A sample of each format is shown below     
239. the code number of the fax cover page to be sent  For example  if you  enter FA3  whenever the event is received  cover page 3  from Screen 125  will automatically be  sent to the first fax machine defined for the account     If you wish to send a fax automatically to the first fax machine defined for the installer  enter FI  immediately followed by the code number of the cover page to be sent     xxxiv Appendix B The Fax Interface Feature M AS Central Station  5 50 67    Setting up Information for Fax Machines Modems    Each fax machine  modem to which you will send faxes must be set up as a passcard for the  appropriate account on Screen 46  P asscard U pdate     e Tobe ableto send faxes to a subscriber  select the subscriber   s account on Screen 46  then  set  up the information for the subscriber   s fax machine  modem     e To beableto send faxes to an installer  create an account for the installer on Screen 42   Account Update The CS  for the installer   s account must be the same as the installer   s code   from Screen 54  Installer U pdate   Then  on Screen 46  set up the information for the installer   s  fax machine  modem     e To beable to send faxes to your field technicians  select the EM PLIST account on Screen 46   then  set up the information for each technician   s fax machine  modem     The fax machines  modems you define for subscribers and installers may be included when you  define subscriber call lists on Screen 47  Dispatch Instructions     MAS Centra
240. the response 4622  code for this late event code must  be 2  Always Log Only         If you are using the Paging Feature  specific events  such as Fire or Holdup  can automatically  generate pages   These events are processed using the Log Printer   For more information on  setting up this feature  refer A ppendix A at the end of this manual     Screen 52 Agency Update    For information on setting up agencies  refer to pages 3 10 through 3 12 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     If you enter a phone number that is more than 12 characters in either the PHONE 1 or PHONE 2  fields  the phone number will be reformatted when it displays in the A gency Lookup window   For example  if you enter the number  714  555 1212  which is 14 characters   that number will be  reformatted in the lookup window to display as 714 555 1212  If you have added additional  characters to indicate an extension  those numbers may be cut off when the phone number is  reformatted to fit the 12 character maximum in the Agency Lookup window     3 4 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 54 Installer Update    For information on setting up installers  refer to pages 3 4 through 3 9 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The following message now displays if you try to delete an installer record that is still assigned to  one or more accounts     INSTALLER HAS MULTIPLE ACCOUNTS  UNABLE TO DELETE  PRESS  C  TO CONTINUE    Only those installers that are not currently assigned t
241. ties     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 25    Screen 299 Dispatch Action Report    For more information on this screen  refer to pages 8 79 through 8 81 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     The C   UMULATIVE option has been added so that you can print the report listing the cumulative  totals of the alarms that have occurred within the specified buckets of time  The cumulative total  is the number of alarms that have occurred in that time bucket plus the total number of alarms  that have occurred in the previous time bucket s   Refer to the following example     10 second bucket   20 second bucket   30 second bucket   40 second bucket   Total  2 alarms 5 alarms 7 alarms 10 alarms 10 alarms    In the 10 second bucket  2 alarms occurred  The 2 alarms from the 10 second bucket are added to  the total of number of alarms in the 20 second bucket  So you have a cumulative total of 5 alarms  occurring for the 20 second bucket  This formula is repeated for each bucket until you have the  total number of alarms listed  The amount of alarms in the last bucket  plus the amount of alarms  that are still currently active  should equal the total amount of alarms that have occurred within  the specified parameters for the report     In the current CS M anual  these buckets are defined in terms of minutes  These buckets are  actually defined in seconds     Fields 11 19 have been added so that you can create buckets that are customized for each report   If you are running
242. tion on creating dispatch instructions  refer to pages 4 43 through 4 49 in the Central  Station Instruction M anual     You may now add pagers when building call lists for dispatch instructions  For moreinformation  on this feature  refer to Appendix A at the end of this document     Making a Zone Dispatch Page Effective for Specific Days of the Week    By using the new  DTE  lt days  amp  times of the week gt  command  you may now createa  permanent  zone specific dispatch page that is only effective for certain days of the week  This  feature is used in conjunction with the  CONT feature  which continues the dispatch information  by linking one dispatch page to another dispatch page  You will most likely usethe  DTE  feature to create a series of zone dispatch pages that are effective at different times of the week   By creating series of zone dispatch pages  you control which page is displayed in Screen 2  Alarm  Dispatch  when a signal is sent     To set up a series of zone dispatch pages  use the following steps     1  In Screen 47  Primary Dispatch Information  create the first zone dispatch in the series  For the  first dispatch page you will enter the  D TE string that determines when the dispatch page is  effective  This information is entered on any one of the lines in the Dispatch Text     For example if you want to specify that the dispatch page is only effective on Tuesday   Wednesday  and Thursday from 8 00 a m  to 3 00 p m   then you will enter   DTE TU TH 8 1
243. tions  Setup Accounts Without Expected Events  7   25  New Fields  7 25  Short Print by Install Date  6 7  New Fields  6 7  Short Printout by M isc Sort  6 7  New Fields  6 7  Site  Sub Cross Reference  5 27  SiteSub Account Maintenance  4 9  New Commande  4 9  Special Alarm Printout By Resolution Code  Ranges  6 21  New Fields  6 21  Start Receivers  Startlog   8 3  Stop Receivers  8 7  Sub Account Comments  3 3  Summary Activity Report  6 8  New Fields  6 8  N ew Report Format  6 9  Summary of Alarms  See Incident Summary  File  Supervised Account M ail Out Report  6 2  New Fields  6 2  Switch System Status  8 3  System Access  See Main Menu Security  System Control File  See Processing Options  System Setup  3 1  Screeen 104  Function Key Assignment  Update  3 18  Screen 101  Processing Options  3 8  Screen 102  Reporting Code Description  File  3 18  Screen 103  Reporting Period Update  3 18  Screen 11  Common Overflow  Maintenance  3 1  Screen 110  On Test Category File  Maintenance  3 19  Screen 182  Residential Type Definition  3   19  Screen 183  Residential Account Titles  3   20  Screen 184  Operator Default M essage  Maintenance  3 21  Screen 223  Location Time  3 22  Screen 244  User Profile Maintenance  3 22  Screen 51  Event Code Update  3 2  Screen 52  Agency Update  3 4  Screen 54  Installer Update  3 5    Screen 55  CRT Default Setup  3 5  Screen 58  Passcard Level Update  3 6  Screen 61  CS Location Profile Update  3 6  Screen 64  User Location Profile Updat
244. to the destination account   s  event history  The response code assigned to these event codes  3851 and 3852  determines if an  alarm is generated when they are logged to the destination account   s event history     If the fax recipient is required to call the Central Station upon receipt of the fax  a confirmation  follow up event is automatically scheduled when the fax is sent successfully  The follow up  event is cleared by an operator when the fax recipient contacts the Central Station     To view alist of fax recipients who have not confirmed receipt of a fax  access Screen 13  Pending  Follow up Inquiry     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B The Fax Inteface Feature xli    Faxing from the Alarm Dispatch Screen    MAS Local RES ALL Ney 14358 Alarm Dispatch  CS OAL SS  SAG Si  CsS 002  CS  001 012  S  L  0 Installer ale  BIG D S SANDWICHES NATIONAL ALARM CO  4389 VALLEY VIEW BLVD  ID  001 012 2323 SIGNAL STREET  ADDR 2 Type R See  CYPRESS CA 90732 Specl ACPO 714 555 5454  UDF1 UDF2 SType MDI Sr IN Blees  2 2 MTyp   7 08 96 13 08 10 7110 FIRE  Page 10  1  General  FIRE ALARM   DISPATCH INSTRUCTIONS ee   e   CALL FD    3  CALL SITE    ai   EE Zone  Code Event Description    Zone Comment  1 NESS 10 7110 FIRE  2 7 08 96   AND FELZ AERA FULL CLEAR FEER  2 7 08 96 10 7110 FIRE  4 7 08 96 E3 3954 LATE TO OPEN  5  X    Next     AS  ALARM A    List   GO   H ist  M ode  O flo  SC hed  Z one  L og  or   FAX       From the Alarm Dispatch screen a user may request a fax using o
245. u may not choose to send the Test Results  Report    PASSCARD   The passcode of the fax machine  modem to which the report will be faxed  To review or select  from a list of fax machines  modems  enter a comma in the PASSCARD field    CSN   The CS account number of the subscriber account currently selected on the Alarm Dispatch  screen    FAX     The telephone number to which the report will be faxed  based on the fax machine  modem  selected in the PASSCARD field      MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix B TheFax Inteface Feature xlv    Note    If you are batch faxing a report  you will not have access to the above fields  The system will    determine which fax machine  modem to use based on the fax passcards set up for the installers  who are receiving the fax        COVER CODE   The number  1 20  which represents the cover page you want to send with the report  If a default  cover page was defined  on Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  for the event code used to request the  fax  the number of the default cover page is displayed  If a default cover page was not defined  for the event code used to request the fax  cover page 1 is displayed    ATTENTION   The name of the person who should receive the fax     SUBJECT    A 50 character description of the subject of the fax  Based on the type of report to be sent and the  currently selected subscriber account  one of the following default descriptions will be displayed     Account N otification on Account  lt number gt   Account A
246. u specify 5 minutes as the frequency   then the test results will be paged every 5 minutes  Only the test signals that are received from  the site during each 5 minute increment will be included in the page message sent to the service  technician  If no signals are received  then the system will continue checking at the specified  frequency until there are test signals to be sent  Each time a page with the test results is sent   event code 3989  A utoPage Test Results  will be logged to the service technician   s and customer   s  accounts  For more information on using the paging feature  refer to Appendix A of this  document     3 14 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    AUTOPAGE TEST RESULTSLNG MIN     Enter the length of time  in minutes  that the system will check for test results to be paged to the  service technician  This field works in conjunction with the above field  When you place an  account on test  the signals sent while the account is on test can be automatically paged to the  service technician with a designated frequency for a specified period of time  For example  if you  specify a frequency of 5 minutes  in the above field  and a length of time of 30 minutes  in this  field   then the system will check for and page test results to the service technician every 5  minutes for 30 minutes  For more information on using the paging feature  refer to Appendix A  of this document     PAGE TECH ON TEST START     Enter Y to send a page to the service technici
247. u wish to delete  the passcard  Enter N if you do not wish to delete the passcard     If you are deleting sites assigned to a master passcard  the master passcard will automatically be  deleted when you delete the last site assigned to the master passcard     Additional Passcard Phone Numbers    An option is available to add 3 additional phone numbers and notes for each passcard  This  option must be set up by MAS  If you add these phone numbers and notes  you will have access  to these numbers when you contact the site using the autodial function from Screen 2  Alarm  Dispatch  For moreinformation on using these additional phone numbers  refer to the  information for Screen 2 in the Dispatching section of this document     New Command Line Options    The SH    ort command has been added so that you may access Screen 46S  Account M aintenance  Update  This screen is used as an efficient means to enter multiple passcards for a single account     The PI command has been added so that you can add additional passcard information  The  Passcard Instructions window will display     Passcard Instructions    MAKE SURE CONTACT HAS VERIFIED HIS  PASSCODE  IF NO VERIFICATION IS  PROVIDED  CALL SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR  AT NUMBER BELOW     714 555 1234    d  2  3  4  5  6  7  8    mp arp Slave  Or OLME       Passcard instructions can be used to enter pertinent information about the passcard  or it may  used to enter additional phone numbers which may dialed from Screen 2  Alarm Dispatch     
248. unt Activity Report CS 0224    Starting Location al  Ending Location 99    Starting Account UNKNOWN  Ending Account UNKNOWNZ2ZZ    Starting Date Time 00 00  Ending Date Time 10 16 96 23 59    Military Time  Y N  Y  System Or Local Time  S L  L    Miodiiv  Foor GO  TO Begin Print ing       STARTING LOCATION  ENDING LOCATION   Enter the range of locations for which you want to print the report  Only those accounts that have  been specified on the A ccount Location Definition Screen will be compared against the Event  History for the UNKNOWN accounts to determine if there are any missing signals     STARTING ACCOUNT  ENDING ACCOUNT    Enter the range of UNKNOWN accounts for which you want to print the report     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Reporting 6 11    STARTING DATE  TIME  amp  ENDING DATE  TIME    Enter the range of dates and times that will determine which events are included on the report     MILITARY TIME  Y N     Enter Y to indicate that you want the event times reported in the Military Time format  Enter N  to indicate that you want to the event times reported in the standard time format     SYSTEM OR LOCAL TIME IS L     Enter S if you want the event times to be reported according to the time they were received by the  system at the Central Station  Enter L if you want the event times to be reported according to the  local time they were received  Local timeis based on the site from which the signal was sent     Account Location Definition Screen    You may use the M
249. ustomer   s    account whenever a signal is received which requires passcard verification and the passcard  received with the signal is invalid     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 System Setup 3 9    To use this option     e On Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  set up event code 3956 Invalid Passcard  if it does not  already exist      e Enter Y in the LOG EVENT FOR INVALID PASSCARD field on Screen 101  Processing Options   Allow Simultaneous On Test Runaway   A new field has been added which allows an account to be both on test and on runaway  If you  wish to use this option  set the ALLOW SIMULTANEOUS ON TEST  RUNAWAY field on Screen 101   Processing Options  to Y    Zones May be Restored Using VRT Il   Zones which require a restoral may be restored using the VRT II  If you wish to use this feature     e Enter Oin the VRT CLR REST RES field on Screen 101  Processing O ptions     e On Screen 51  Event Code U pdate  set up event code 3981 VRT Clear Restoral  if it does not  already exist      An Alarm may be Temporarily Suppressed and then Automatically Cleared    A new event code  4607  has been created which allows you to suppress an alarm for a specific  period of time  When the alarm is suppressed  it is assigned a new priority  If no new alarms  for  different zones  are received during the specified period of time  then the alarm will  automatically be fully cleared at the end of that period  If anew alarm for a different zone is  received during that time  the suppressed ala
250. utomatic Paging   You may choose to send a message automatically whenever an event  such as a fire or burglar    alarm is received  i e  processed by the autologger   For these events  the person to be paged as  well as the paging message to be sent are defined on Screen 51     ii Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 126 Page Message Definitions    This screen is used to define up to 20 standard page messages and to determine how pages  associated with each message will be processed by the CS system     Page Cover Page Definitions CSS OMEZG   Sent OK CD Not Sent CD Auto Send  Retrys Followup Mins Late Confirm CD  3993 3994 10 4933  3993 3994 2 10 4933  3993 3994 2  3993 3994 2       A D  etail  or Staue       Fields   SENT OK CD   The event code that will be logged to a page recipient   s account whenever a page message is  successfully sent    NOT SENT CD    The event code that will be logged to a page recipient   s account whenever a page message is not  sent successfully     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Appendix A TheAlpha Paging Feature iii    AUTO SEND     Y indicates that whenever a user makes a request to send a page associated with a selected page  message  the CS system will immediately attempt to send the message to the first pager for the  account  installer  or employee list  This entry will also automatically page the appropriate  person if an    alarm    event has been received  see Page 7  example  2  or if a    log only    
251. vent classes  or purge events  based on a specified range of accounts  then use Screen 133     Quick Purge For Event Activity    Warning  This Program will purge all event history from the system that  occurred on or before the selected cutoff date  If you wish to retain  the original event on each account  purge only certain event classes  or  if you wish to purge a select range of accounts  then you should use  screen 133 instead     1  Cutoff Date  08 07 00    t OYTO        MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Utilities and Repairs 7 9    Screen 133 Purge Event Activity    Events may now be purged by any event class  A Z   Event codes are assigned to event classes  A Z on Screen 51  Event Code U pdate     This screen will now display the follow messages to show progress of the purge     Current CS    Total Accts   lt number gt  Selected   lt number gt  Problems   lt number gt   Events Read   lt number gt  Purged   lt number gt     You may designate up to four event classes to be excluded from being purged  Contact MAS to  set up non purging event classes     For more information on this screen  refer to pages 9 21 through 9 22 in the Central Station  Instruction M anual     Screen 133ARC  Purge Archive Event History    You now have the option to archive Event History to an optical disk  You must have an optical  disk that has been configured by MAS Technical Support  Then this option must be set up by  MAS  and if it   s in effect  Screen 133 will display as follows     Purge Arch
252. w includes all  operators that fall within the selected range     6 22 Reporting MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 296 Incident Summary File    This report determines the number of signal counts that occurred between the time an alarm was  first received and the time it was full cleared  The report is printed to a flat file that may be  displayed on the screen  printed on a printer  or imported to another software product     Setting up Event Types    If you wish to use this feature  you must assign an event type to each type of operator action you  want to be able to    count     You must also assign an event type to each type of alarm for which  you want to analyze operator responses  An event type may include up to four alphanumeric  characters and is assigned to an event code on Screen 51  Event Code U pdate     For example  if you wanted to count the number of calls an operator made between the time a fire  alarm was received an the time it was fully cleared  you would need to assign the event type  FIRE to all event codes that represent fire alarms and the event type CALL to all event codes  which represent phone calls     Printing the Report    To print the report  access Screen 296  A sample screen is shown on the following page     Summary Incident File CS 0296    1 Start Date Time 03 01 96 00 00  3 End Date Time 03 31 96 24 00    Event Type Templates     Jr Zeng e FIRE  6 Signal Count CALL    Wildcards            Any Cheracler Wn that Posat ion          Any   o
253. y be assigned to an account     Common overflow pages are now assigned to an account as follows     Access the account to be assigned common overflow on Screen 42     Enter O2 at the command line     The Account Common O flo Entry  View Window is displayed     9 Akey MAPLE 129 24 Start 02 06 92 Acct Common O flow Entry Vid  10 Nkey EVANS  LAR EEN 1 Seq  Common   11 Phnl 400 273 1234 x 26 TZone 1 dl  100  13 Phn2 619 465 3948 x 27 DST Grp  2 150  15 Telco Lanp 28 R S   N  JS  2201 29 SType  17 UDF2 30 En Xt  18 MTyp 32 Specl  19 Map  24 G  33 KeyNo  20 Type  2L BR  0000  22 PD 100 SACRAMENTO PD  23 FD C  lea       Mitaa Er    PA SSCARD  S0 hed  Arone  O ELO  elen tree Maity OUES Of Oye  PR mit   C omment  E xpected  H ist     S ave  B RCopy  N ext  IN  Svc 02       e Movethe cursor to the first line of the window and enter the appropriate sequence number  for the page of common overflow you wish to assign to the account     e Next  the cursor moves to COMMON   Enter the codename or number for the common  overflow page to be assigned to the account  Recall that each common overflow page is  assigned a name or number on Screen 11  Common Overflow M aintenance     You may review the contents of a common overflow page that has been assigned to the account   Enter D followed by the linenumber on which the overflow page appears     You may  de assign  a common overflow page from an account  Enter C followed by the line  number on which the overflow page appears     MAS Central Stati
254. y be used when entering a name for a  residential subscriber   s account  A residential account is one that has been assigned a residential  account type  When an account is assigned a residential account type  the system will verify  whether the account name is entered in the LAST NAME  FIRST NAME TITLE format and also  whether a valid residential title has been entered  You will specify the valid residential titles  using Screen 183     Residential Account Titles cS 0183    1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8    PRPRPRPRPR  OBWNHER OW       You may create up to 30 residential titles  If you are using residential account types and you do  not specify a valid title for the account name in Screen 42  Account Update a message will display  warning that you have entered the account name in the improper format     3 20 System Setup MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 184 Operator Default Message Maintenance    This screen is used to enter and maintain the predefined messages that a user can select to send to  an operator     Operator Default Message Maintenance CS 0184    1 IN USE THE CUSTOMER IS ON THE PHONE PLEASE RELEASE ACCT     3 CALL ME PLEASE CALL ME AS SOON AS YOU ARE OFF THE PHONE        You may specify up to five user defined messages  The code for message number one is hard  coded  however  you may define the message that corresponds to the code  For the remaining  messages  you may define both the codes and descriptions  The message codes will display in the  Send An Operator M
255. y now place an account on test until a user defined date and time  This feature is done by  using the ON TEST UNTIL field  which has replaced the ON TEST MINUTES field   The default for this  field is determined by the On Test Category  which is set up using Screen 110  On Test Category  FileM aintenance     Account locking has improved with this screen  If you access an account on a different screen   that account will be    carried over    when you access this screen  Conversely  if you access an  account on this screen  that account will be    carried over    when you access a different screen     MAS Central Station  5 50 67 Dispatching 5 27    Screen 185 Delayed Alarm Maintenance    A new feature has been added which allows you to delay processing of alarms that havea  specific priority  This feature is based on an option that must be activated by MAS  You might  use this feature if you havea list of specific tasks that must be completed before another alarm  signal of a specific priority is sent     Screen 185  D edayed Alarm M aintenance  has been added so that you can specify ranges of alarm  priorities that you want to delay as well as the amount of time  in seconds  that the alarms should  be delayed  If asignal is sent and its priority falls within any of the ranges specified in Screen  185  then the alarm will not display in any of the following screens until the appropriate amount  of time elapses     e Screen2 Alarm Dispatch  e Screen14 Alarm Status Monitor  e S
256. you print labels  This option must be set up by MAS     Only one user at a time may print passcards  The problem with the Passcard Index being  corrupted and printing the wrong passcards has been fixed     When you choose to print a passcard as a letter  you may use the new option   TRAILING FILLER  LINES to specify the number of lines to print after the passcard text     Additional information may be printed on the passcard     Long Passcard Name Passcard Level Description Installer CFR Name  Alt 1D Number Note 1 Installer CFR Address 1  Relation Note 2 Installer CFR Address 2    Installer CFR Phone    Screen 147 Mass Installer Number Change  For more information on this screen  refer to page 9 30 in the Central Station Instruction M anual     This program is redundant     When you change an installer number for an account  the line assignment file is also updated     7 14 Utilities and Repairs MAS Central Station  5 50 67    Screen 152 Installer OOS Date Mass Deletion    This new program allows you to mark accounts for deletion within a specified range of installers  that have been out of service since a specified date  This utility is helpful in that you can mark a  large number of accounts for deletion at one time  and it can be used instead of Screen 114   Account D eletion Request     Installer OOS Date Mass Deletion CS 01152    THIS PROGRAM WILL DELETE ALL ACCOUNTS WITHIN THE CHOSEN INSTALLER RANGE THAT  MEET THE VOUT OF SERVICE SINCE  DATE REQUIREMENT    I Sieur  Inst
257. ystem to expect more frequent timer tests after a  site has closed  For example  when a site is closed  you may set up timer tests to occur every 30  minutes until the site opens again  This feature is available only for Schedule  1 of the primary  account     When you are using this feature  the system will set up an expected event for the next timer test  that will be expected when the site closes  For example  if you have set up after hours timer tests  to occur every 30 minutes  the system will set up an expected event for 30 minutes after the site  has closed  Each time the timer test is received  the system sets up another expected event to  occur 30 minutes after the test was received  When the site opens  the system will change the next  expected timer test to reflect the normal interval as indicated in the  P ATI field in Screen 42   Account U pdate     To set up this feature  you must enter the amount of time that you want to elapse between after   hours timer tests in the SPECL field in Screen 42  Account Update for the primary account  The  entry for this feature is formatted in the following way  AH T    where   is the number of  minutes that will elapse between timer tests   For example  entering AHT30 will set a 30 minute  interval for the timer tests that will occur after the site is closed  If you do not specify time  interval  you enter only AHT in the specu field   then a 60 minute interval will default     If you have to adjust the expected event for an A 
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
原位置測定結果に基づくシュミットハンマ物性値推定の妥当性  LWP A/I 7...12 - Sieger Heizsysteme  SF15 SF25 SF38 SF45 SF65 SF85 SF200  VGN-FW290 Configure-to-Order  Manual do Usuário do Sistema de Ultra-Som  Sommaire  無印良品 スタッキングシェルフ・コの字棚取扱説明書  Samsung MW83H Uživatelská přiručka  1.3 Configuring the video Decoder  Panasonic ECOi 2 Way Installation Manual    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file